- M. Furholt and J. Müller, “The earliest monuments in Europe – architecture and social structures (5000-3000 cal bc).” 2011.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@inproceedings{Furholt2011a, author = {Martin Furholt and Johannes Müller}, crossref = {Furholt2011}, title = {The earliest monuments in {E}urope – architecture and social structures (5000-3000 cal BC)}, url = {http://www.uni-kiel.de/ufg/bereiche/dateienJMueller/furholt_mueller_2011_monuments.pdf}, year = {2011} } - C. Scarre, “Coast and cosmos. The Neolithic monuments of northern Brittany..” , 2002.
[BibTeX]@inbook{Scarre2002a, author = {C. Scarre}, crossref = {Scarre2002}, title = {{C}oast and cosmos. {T}he {N}eolithic monuments of northern {B}rittany.}, year = {2002} } - S. Bergh, “Knocknarea: the ultimate monument.” , 2002, p. 139.
[BibTeX]@inbook{Bergh02, author = {Stefan Bergh}, chapter = {9}, crossref = {Scarre2002}, pages = {139}, title = {{K}nocknarea: the ultimate monument}, year = {2002} } - I. Morley, “Time, cycles and ritual behaviour.” , 2007, pp. 205-209.
[BibTeX]@inbook{Morley2007, author = {Morley, Iain}, crossref = {malone2010cult}, pages = {205-209}, title = {Time, cycles and ritual behaviour}, year = {2007} } - A. Coudart, “The bandkeramik longhouses.” .
[BibTeX]@inbook{Coudart2015, author = {Coudart, Anick}, crossref = {fowler2015oxford}, title = {The Bandkeramik Longhouses} } - K. Brophy, “Houses, Halls, and Ocupation in Britain and ireland.” .
[BibTeX]@inbook{Brophy2015, author = {Brophy, Kenneth}, crossref = {fowler2015oxford}, title = {{H}ouses, {H}alls, and {O}cupation in {B}ritain and Ireland} } - T. L. Peter Rowley-Conway, “Subsistence practices in western and northern europe.” , p. 429–446.
[BibTeX]@inbook{RowleyConway2015, author = {Peter Rowley-Conway, Tony Legge}, chapter = {Chapter 22}, crossref = {fowler2015oxford}, pages = {429--446}, title = {Subsistence practices in Western and Northern Europe} } - P. Ashbee, I. F. Smith, and J. G. Evans, “Excavation of three long barrows near Avebury, Wiltshire,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 45, p. 207–300, 1979.
[BibTeX]@article{Ashbee1979, author = {Paul Ashbee and Isobel Foster Smith and J G Evans}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, note = {RCN W000013695 Class Number AVE.930 Wiltshire \& Swindon History Centre}, pages = {207–300}, title = {Excavation of three long barrows near {A}vebury, {W}iltshire}, volume = {45}, year = {1979} } - R. J. C. Atkinson, “Wayland’s Smithy,” Antiquity, vol. 39, iss. 154, p. 126–133, 1965.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
The chambered long barrow of Waylands Smithy is one of our most famous megalithic monuments in southern Britain. I t was partially excavated by Sir Charles Peers and Mr Reginald Smith in 1919-20 and their excavations partialb published in the first volume of the Antiquaries Journal (1921). In 1962 and 1963, at the invitation of the Inspectorate of Ancient Monuments of the Ministry of Public Building and Works, the site was re-excavated, by Professws Atkinson and Piggott. Here Professor Atkinson gives us a summary account of the most interesting results that accrued. It is here presented in advance of the full report which will be published for the Ministry by H.M. Stationery Office.
@article{Atkinson1965, abstract = {The chambered long barrow of Waylands Smithy is one of our most famous megalithic monuments in southern Britain. I t was partially excavated by Sir Charles Peers and Mr Reginald Smith in 1919-20 and their excavations partialb published in the first volume of the Antiquaries Journal (1921). In 1962 and 1963, at the invitation of the Inspectorate of Ancient Monuments of the Ministry of Public Building and Works, the site was re-excavated, by Professws Atkinson and Piggott. Here Professor Atkinson gives us a summary account of the most interesting results that accrued. It is here presented in advance of the full report which will be published for the Ministry by H.M. Stationery Office.}, author = {R. J. C. Atkinson}, journal = {Antiquity}, number = {154}, pages = {126–133}, title = {Wayland's {S}mithy}, url = {http://antiquity.ac.uk/Ant/039/0126/Ant0390126.pdf}, volume = {39}, year = {1965} } - H. Bächtold-Stäubli and E. Hoffmann-Krayer, Handwörterbuch des deutschen Aberglaubens, “de” gruyter, 1935.
[BibTeX]@book{Baechtold1935, author = {Hanns Bächtold-Stäubli and Eduard Hoffmann-Krayer}, publisher = {“de” Gruyter}, title = {Handwörterbuch des deutschen {A}berglaubens}, year = {1935} } - A. Burl, Prehistoric Avebury, Yale university press, 2002.
[BibTeX]@book{Burl2002, author = {Aubrey Burl}, isbn = {978-0300090871}, month = {May}, pages = {272}, publisher = {Yale University Press}, title = {Prehistoric {A}vebury}, year = {2002} } - S. Cassen, “Le Mané Lud en images. interprétations de signes gravés sur les parois de la tombe à couloir néolithique de locmariaquer (morbihan),” Gallia préhistoire, vol. 49, iss. 1, p. 197–258, 2007.
[BibTeX]@article{Cassen2007, author = {Serge Cassen}, journal = {Gallia préhistoire}, number = {1}, pages = {197–258}, publisher = {CNRS Editions}, title = {Le {M}ané {L}ud en images. Interprétations de signes gravés sur les parois de la tombe à couloir néolithique de Locmariaquer (Morbihan)}, volume = {49}, year = {2007} } - S. Cassen, “Pigeon-raven and sperm whale, magical objects and domestic horned. the division of the world during the early neo-neolithic in Western france,” Documenta praehistorica, vol. XXXII, p. 197–204, 2005.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Cassen2005a, author = {Serge Cassen}, journal = {Documenta Praehistorica}, pages = {197–204}, title = {Pigeon-Raven and sperm whale, magical objects and domestic horned. The division of the world during the early neo-Neolithic in {W}estern France}, url = {http://arheologija.ff.uni-lj.si/documenta/pdf32/32cassen.pdf}, volume = {XXXII}, year = {2005} } - S. Cassen, “Questions of epistemology and a working hypothesis about engravings of the 5th millennium in western France,” Antiquity, vol. 73, iss. 279, p. 198–205, 1999.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Cassen1999, author = {Serge Cassen}, journal = {Antiquity}, number = {279}, pages = {198–205}, title = {Questions of epistemology and a working hypothesis about engravings of the 5th millennium in western {F}rance}, url = {http://antiquity.ac.uk/ant/073/Ant0730198.htm}, volume = {73}, year = {1999} } - S. Cassen, C. Boujot, J. Vaquero, and P. Anderson, Éléments d’architecture: exploration d’un tertre funéraire à lannec er gadouer (erdeven, morbihan): constructions et reconstructions dans le néolithique morbihannais; propositions pour une lecture symbolique, Association des publications chauvinoises, 2000.
[BibTeX]@book{Cassen2000, author = {S. Cassen and C. Boujot and J. Vaquero and P. Anderson}, isbn = {2909165434}, publisher = {Association des publications chauvinoises}, title = {Éléments d'architecture: exploration d'un tertre funéraire à Lannec er Gadouer (Erdeven, Morbihan): constructions et reconstructions dans le Néolithique morbihannais; propositions pour une lecture symbolique}, year = {2000} } - S. Cassen, B. Lefèbvre, J. V. Lastres, and C. Collin, “Le mané lud en sauvetage (locmariaquer, morbihan). enregistrement et restitution de signes gravés dans une tombe à couloir néolithique,” L’anthropologie, vol. 109, iss. 2, p. 325–384, 2005. doi:10.1016/j.anthro.2005.04.004
[BibTeX] [Abstract]
The great tumulus of the Mané Lud is more known for its passage grave in secondary addition that finishes the western extremity and that contains a number of carvings among the most famous of the European corpus. Ten steles will be here described and illustrated by photography and drawings whose realization will have demanded more 600 hours of work, undertaken on the terrain as well as in laboratory. Several signs are inescapable and validate by their discovery the simple method of acquisition and numerical image processing that we have developed these last years. The majority of carvings is equally better specified and allowed henceforth a re-interpretation of associations of signs united on a same support, but equally a simultaneous perusal of these steles understood as monuments fully fledged, functioning originally in a whole other special and historical context. The back stele, often considered as the master piece of the mortuary structure, and residing nevertheless one armorican engraving among the most badly interpreted and one of the most cryptic, appears as a representation in fact particularly succeeded of a spermwhale, staggering cetacean that our anterior studies had already sensed.
@article{Cassen2005, abstract = {The great tumulus of the Mané Lud is more known for its passage grave in secondary addition that finishes the western extremity and that contains a number of carvings among the most famous of the European corpus. Ten steles will be here described and illustrated by photography and drawings whose realization will have demanded more 600 hours of work, undertaken on the terrain as well as in laboratory. Several signs are inescapable and validate by their discovery the simple method of acquisition and numerical image processing that we have developed these last years. The majority of carvings is equally better specified and allowed henceforth a re-interpretation of associations of signs united on a same support, but equally a simultaneous perusal of these steles understood as monuments fully fledged, functioning originally in a whole other special and historical context. The back stele, often considered as the master piece of the mortuary structure, and residing nevertheless one armorican engraving among the most badly interpreted and one of the most cryptic, appears as a representation in fact particularly succeeded of a spermwhale, staggering cetacean that our anterior studies had already sensed.}, author = {Serge Cassen and Benoît Lefèbvre and Jacobo Vaquero Lastres and Clément Collin}, doi = {10.1016/j.anthro.2005.04.004}, journal = {L'Anthropologie}, keywords = {Passage grave, Stele, Engraving, Spermwhale, Epistemology}, month = {April-June}, number = {2}, pages = {325–384}, title = {Le Mané Lud en sauvetage (Locmariaquer, Morbihan). Enregistrement et restitution de signes gravés dans une tombe à couloir néolithique}, volume = {109}, year = {2005} } - A. T. Chamberlain, “More dating evidence for human remains in british caves,” Antiquity, vol. 70, p. 950–953, 1996.
[BibTeX]@article{Chamberlain1996, author = {ANDREW T. Chamberlain}, journal = {Antiquity}, pages = {950–953}, title = {More dating evidence for human remains in British caves}, volume = {70}, year = {1996} } - I. Clausen, “Neolithische fundplätze am großen plöner see,” Offa-zeitschrift, vol. 42, p. 113–186, 1985.
[BibTeX]@article{Clausen1985, author = {Ingo Clausen}, journal = {Offa-Zeitschrift}, pages = {113–186}, title = {Neolithische Fundplätze am Großen Plöner See}, volume = {42}, year = {1985} } - M. T. H. Clough and W. A. Cummins, “Stone axe studies volume 2: the petrology of prehistoric stone implements from the british isles,” Council for British Archaeology, Reseach Report 67, 1988.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@techreport{Clough1988, author = {T H McK Clough and W A Cummins}, institution = {Council for British Archaeology}, note = {ISBN 0 906780 69 1}, number = {67}, title = {Stone Axe Studies Volume 2: The petrology of prehistoric stone implements from the British Isles}, type = {Reseach Report}, url = {http://ads.ahds.ac.uk/catalogue/library/cba/rr67.cfm?CFID=573996&CFTOKEN=39545028}, year = {1988} } - M. T. H. Clough and W. A. Cummins, “Stone axe studies: archaeological, petrological, experimental and ethnographic,” Council for British Archaeology, Research Report 23, 1979.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
Papers from a conference in 1977 demonstrate the progress made in petrological studies in particular, but also discuss the uses of ethnography evidence in understanding axe distributions. The history of implement petrology in Britain is outlined by W F Grimes (pp 1-4) from its formal beginnings in 1952. W A Cummins (5-12), in discussing distribution studies of the eight most abundant stone axe groups, pays special attention to the unusual patterns of Groups I and VI which appear to indicate a two-stage distribution process. Radiocarbon dates form the basis of I F Smith’s chronology (13-22) of British implements of Neo-BA; for shafthole implements there is some additional help from typology. Further development of the typological theme comes from F E S Roe (23-48) on shafthole implements (battle axes, mace heads, etc) particularly as the increasing availability of petrological identifications lends improved confidence. From the Continent, C-T Le Roux (49-56) presents new data for some of the Breton petrological groups, and discusses them in terms of social organization and axe production. Linear Pottery sites in the Netherlands have yielded adzes of various rock types from Central Europe, the Siebengebirge and Eifel, as discussed by C C Bakels and C E S Arps (57-64). In Britain again, T G Manby (65-81) presents a typological and distributional study of Yorkshire flint and stone axes, of which 700 have been sectioned; he also discusses the ?seasonal (?transhumance) movements which might have brought Lake District axes to Yorkshire, and considers the problem of modern axe ‘forgeries’. The flint and stone axes of the E Midlands are C N Moore’s topic (82-6), while a field survey made on the Langdale and Scafell Pike axe factory sites in 1961 is described by C H Houlder (87-9). The fine jade and jadeite implements of western Europe are studied by A R Woolley et al (90-6); their typology in terms of length, width and thickness ratios is worked out and related to the constituent pyroxenes as determined by electron microprobe analysis. Axe technology is discussed by G R Coope (98-101) who points out that while some rocks could be flaked and leave characteristic debris of axe-making, others had to be pecked into shape, leaving only dust residues. Experimental work on hafting and using stone axes is reported by A Harding & R Young (102-5), this is a long-tem forest clearance project. John Coles is also experimenting with stone axes for making wicker hurdles as found in the Somerset Levels (106-7). Finally there are two ethnographic contributions: Pat Phillips (108-12) examines evidence from recent contexts of production, acquisition and consumption of stone axes in New Guinea, while prehistoric Australian stone exploitation and exchange systems are the topic of Isabel McBryde (113-26, with petrology by A Watchman).
@techreport{Clough1979, abstract = {Papers from a conference in 1977 demonstrate the progress made in petrological studies in particular, but also discuss the uses of ethnography evidence in understanding axe distributions. The history of implement petrology in Britain is outlined by W F Grimes (pp 1-4) from its formal beginnings in 1952. W A Cummins (5-12), in discussing distribution studies of the eight most abundant stone axe groups, pays special attention to the unusual patterns of Groups I and VI which appear to indicate a two-stage distribution process. Radiocarbon dates form the basis of I F Smith's chronology (13-22) of British implements of Neo-BA; for shafthole implements there is some additional help from typology. Further development of the typological theme comes from F E S Roe (23-48) on shafthole implements (battle axes, mace heads, etc) particularly as the increasing availability of petrological identifications lends improved confidence. From the Continent, C-T Le Roux (49-56) presents new data for some of the Breton petrological groups, and discusses them in terms of social organization and axe production. Linear Pottery sites in the Netherlands have yielded adzes of various rock types from Central Europe, the Siebengebirge and Eifel, as discussed by C C Bakels and C E S Arps (57-64). In Britain again, T G Manby (65-81) presents a typological and distributional study of Yorkshire flint and stone axes, of which 700 have been sectioned; he also discusses the ?seasonal (?transhumance) movements which might have brought Lake District axes to Yorkshire, and considers the problem of modern axe 'forgeries'. The flint and stone axes of the E Midlands are C N Moore's topic (82-6), while a field survey made on the Langdale and Scafell Pike axe factory sites in 1961 is described by C H Houlder (87-9). The fine jade and jadeite implements of western Europe are studied by A R Woolley et al (90-6); their typology in terms of length, width and thickness ratios is worked out and related to the constituent pyroxenes as determined by electron microprobe analysis. Axe technology is discussed by G R Coope (98-101) who points out that while some rocks could be flaked and leave characteristic debris of axe-making, others had to be pecked into shape, leaving only dust residues. Experimental work on hafting and using stone axes is reported by A Harding \& R Young (102-5), this is a long-tem forest clearance project. John Coles is also experimenting with stone axes for making wicker hurdles as found in the Somerset Levels (106-7). Finally there are two ethnographic contributions: Pat Phillips (108-12) examines evidence from recent contexts of production, acquisition and consumption of stone axes in New Guinea, while prehistoric Australian stone exploitation and exchange systems are the topic of Isabel McBryde (113-26, with petrology by A Watchman).}, author = {T H McK Clough and W A Cummins}, institution = {Council for British Archaeology}, note = {ISBN 0 900312 63 7}, number = {23}, title = {Stone axe studies: archaeological, petrological, experimental and ethnographic}, type = {Research Report}, url = {http://ads.ahds.ac.uk/catalogue/library/cba/rr23.cfm?CFID=573996&CFTOKEN=39545028}, year = {1979} } - J. C. Cooper, An illustrated encyclopaedia of traditional symbols, Thames and hudson london, 1978.
[BibTeX]@book{Cooper1978, author = {J.C. Cooper}, publisher = {Thames and Hudson London}, title = {An illustrated encyclopaedia of traditional symbols}, year = {1978} } - M. A. Dowd, “The use of caves for funerary and ritual practices in neolithic ireland,” Antiquity, vol. 82, iss. 316, p. 305–317, 2008.
[BibTeX] [Abstract]
Caves in Ireland, as elsewhere, have been used for shelter and burial over much of recorded time. The author here focuses on their use during the Neolithic, carefully isolating the available material and arguing from it that caves then had a primary role in the remembrance of the dead, and were used for excarnation, token deposition or inhumation. The author compares these practices to other contemporary types of burial and concludes that there was a strong symbolic or ritual sense shared in Neolithic Ireland between passage tombs and those certain kinds of cave that they resembled.
@article{Dowd2008, abstract = {Caves in Ireland, as elsewhere, have been used for shelter and burial over much of recorded time. The author here focuses on their use during the Neolithic, carefully isolating the available material and arguing from it that caves then had a primary role in the remembrance of the dead, and were used for excarnation, token deposition or inhumation. The author compares these practices to other contemporary types of burial and concludes that there was a strong symbolic or ritual sense shared in Neolithic Ireland between passage tombs and those certain kinds of cave that they resembled.}, author = {Marion A. Dowd}, journal = {Antiquity}, number = {316}, pages = {305–317}, title = {The use of caves for funerary and ritual practices in Neolithic Ireland}, volume = {82}, year = {2008} } - K. Ebbesen, “Megalithic graves in Schleswig-Holstein,” Acta archaeologica, vol. 55, p. 117–142, 1984.
[BibTeX]@article{Ebbesen1984, author = {K. Ebbesen}, issn = {0065-101X}, journal = {Acta archaeologica}, note = {midgley-key:Ebbesen1986a}, pages = {117–142}, publisher = {Blackwell}, title = {{M}egalithic graves in {S}chleswig-{H}olstein}, volume = {55}, year = {1984} } - M. Edmonds, Stone tools and society: working stone in Neolithic and Bronze Age Britain, Psychology press, 1997.
[BibTeX]@book{edmonds1997stone, author = {M. Edmonds}, publisher = {Psychology Press}, title = {{S}tone tools and society: working stone in {N}eolithic and {B}ronze {A}ge {B}ritain}, year = {1997} } - A. M. Gibson, Prehistoric pottery in britain & ireland, Tempus pub ltd, 2002.
[BibTeX]@book{Gibson2002, author = {A.M. Gibson}, isbn = {0752419307}, publisher = {Tempus Pub Ltd}, title = {Prehistoric Pottery in Britain \& Ireland}, year = {2002} } - A. M. Gibson and A. Woods, Prehistoric pottery for the archaeologist, Leicester univ pr, 1997.
[BibTeX]@book{gibson1997prehistoric, author = {A.M. Gibson and A. Woods}, isbn = {071851954X}, publisher = {Leicester Univ Pr}, title = {Prehistoric pottery for the archaeologist}, year = {1997} } - H. Glöckner, Dokumente zur religion aus megalithischer zeit: zur entwicklung aus der kultur der Westlichen grosssteingraber, Lang, 1988.
[BibTeX] [Abstract]
In einer kontinuierlichen Entwicklung mit fliessenden Grenzen hat sich das Megalithikum mit anderen, speziell mittelmeerischen Einflüssen auseinandersetzen müssen. Seine erstaunliche und fassbare Bedeutung liegt in der Deutung der kosmischen Zusammenhänge in einem religiösen Umfeld. Sie ist vor allem aus dem aufgefundenen bildnerischen Material einerseits sowie den literarischen Überlieferungen der abgewanderten iranischen und indischen Volksstämme indogermanischer Herkunft, auch der Edda, zu erschliessen. Der Verfasser ist diesen erstaunlich vielseitigen Darstellungen und den literarischen Überlieferungen nachgegangen und hat versucht, die aus den Gegebenheiten resultierenden Gemeinsamkeiten zu rekonstruieren. Die aus beiden, den bildnerischen und literarischen Untersuchungsbereichen abzuleitende religiöse Konzeption äussert sich in einem absoluten Glauben an eine Weiterexistenz nach dem Tode. Der Weg des Abgeschiedenen ist unter Beachtung verschiedener Entwicklungsstufen und auch Interpretationen, unter Einbindung in ein kalendarisches System, vorgezeichnet.
@book{Gloeckner1988, abstract = {In einer kontinuierlichen Entwicklung mit fliessenden Grenzen hat sich das Megalithikum mit anderen, speziell mittelmeerischen Einflüssen auseinandersetzen müssen. Seine erstaunliche und fassbare Bedeutung liegt in der Deutung der kosmischen Zusammenhänge in einem religiösen Umfeld. Sie ist vor allem aus dem aufgefundenen bildnerischen Material einerseits sowie den literarischen Überlieferungen der abgewanderten iranischen und indischen Volksstämme indogermanischer Herkunft, auch der Edda, zu erschliessen. Der Verfasser ist diesen erstaunlich vielseitigen Darstellungen und den literarischen Überlieferungen nachgegangen und hat versucht, die aus den Gegebenheiten resultierenden Gemeinsamkeiten zu rekonstruieren. Die aus beiden, den bildnerischen und literarischen Untersuchungsbereichen abzuleitende religiöse Konzeption äussert sich in einem absoluten Glauben an eine Weiterexistenz nach dem Tode. Der Weg des Abgeschiedenen ist unter Beachtung verschiedener Entwicklungsstufen und auch Interpretationen, unter Einbindung in ein kalendarisches System, vorgezeichnet.}, author = {Herbert Glöckner}, isbn = {978-3-8204-9953-7}, publisher = {Lang}, title = {Dokumente zur Religion aus megalithischer Zeit: Zur Entwicklung Aus Der Kultur Der {W}estlichen Grosssteingraber}, year = {1988} } - C. F. C. Hawkes, “Archaeological method and theory: some suggestions form the old world,” American anthropologist, vol. 156, p. 155–168, 1954.
[BibTeX]@article{Hawkes1954, author = {C.F.C. Hawkes}, journal = {American Anthropologist}, pages = {155–168}, title = {Archaeological method and theory: some suggestions form the old world}, volume = {156}, year = {1954} } - M. Haysom, “The double-axe: a contextual approach to the understanding of a creatan symbol in the neopalatial period,” Oxford journal of archaeology, vol. 29, p. 35–55, 2010. doi:10.1111/j.1468-0092.2009.00339.x
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Haysom2010, author = {Matthew Haysom}, doi = {10.1111/j.1468-0092.2009.00339.x}, journal = {Oxford Journal of Archaeology}, pages = {35–55}, title = {The double-axe: A contextual approach to the understanding of a Creatan symbol in the Neopalatial period}, url = {http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1468-0092.2009.00339.x/abstract}, volume = {29}, year = {2010} } - H. Hingst, “Großsteingräber in schleswig–holstein,” Offa, vol. 42, p. 57–112, 1985.
[BibTeX]@article{Hingst1985, author = {Hans Hingst}, journal = {Offa}, pages = {57–112}, title = {Großsteingräber in Schleswig–Holstein}, volume = {42}, year = {1985} } - I. R. Hodder, “Burials, houses, women and men in the european neolithic,” in Ideology, power and prehistory, D. Miller and C. Tilley, Eds., Cambridge university press, 1984, p. 51–68.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Hodder1984, author = {I.R. Hodder}, booktitle = {Ideology, Power and Prehistory}, editor = {D. Miller and C. Tilley}, pages = {51–68}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Burials, houses, women and men in the European Neolithic}, year = {1984} } - I. Hodder, , , 1992.
[BibTeX]@book{hodder1992domestication, author = {I. Hodder}, isbn = {0631177698}, year = {1992} } - J. Hoika, “Megalithic graves in the funnel beaker culture of schleswig-holstein,” Przeglad archeologiczny, vol. 37, p. 53–119, 1990.
[BibTeX]@article{Hoika1990, author = {J. Hoika}, issn = {0079-7138}, journal = {Przeglad Archeologiczny}, pages = {53–119}, title = {Megalithic graves in the Funnel Beaker culture of Schleswig-Holstein}, volume = {37}, year = {1990} } - D. Lewis-Williams and D. Pearce, Inside the Neolithic mind: consciousness, cosmos and the realm of the gods, Thames & hudson, 2005.
[BibTeX]@book{lewis2005inside, author = {Lewis-Williams, David and Pearce, David}, publisher = {Thames \& Hudson}, title = {{I}nside the {N}eolithic mind: consciousness, cosmos and the realm of the gods}, year = {2005} } - G. Kehnscherper, Hünengrab und bannkreis, Urania-verlag leipzig, jena, berlin, 1990.
[BibTeX]@book{Kehnscherper1990, author = {Günther Kehnscherper}, publisher = {Urania-Verlag Leipzig, Jena, Berlin}, title = {Hünengrab und Bannkreis}, year = {1990} } - A. Keiller and S. Piggott, “Excavations in an untouched chamber in the lanhill long barrow,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 4, p. 122–150, 1938.
[BibTeX]@article{Keiller1938, author = {Alexander Keiller and Stuart Piggott}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, note = {ISBN/RCN BRN0913630 Wiltshire \& Swindon History Centre}, pages = {122–150}, title = {Excavations in an untouched chamber in the Lanhill Long Barrow}, volume = {4}, year = {1938} } - R. Kossian, Nichtmegalithische grabanlagen der trichterbecherkultur in deutschland und den niederlanden, Landesamt für denkmalpflege und archäologie sachsen-anhalt, landesmuseum für vorgeschichte, 2005.
[BibTeX]@book{Kossian2005, author = {Rainer Kossian}, note = {UCL: INST ARCH DA Qto KOS}, publisher = {Landesamt für Denkmalpflege und Archäologie Sachsen-Anhalt, Landesmuseum für Vorgeschichte}, series = {Veröffentlichungen des Landesamtes für Denkmalpflege und Archäologie Sachsen-Anhalt–Landesmuseum für Vorgeschichte ; Bd. 58}, title = {Nichtmegalithische Grabanlagen der Trichterbecherkultur in Deutschland und den Niederlanden}, year = {2005} } - J. L’Helgouac’h, “The megalithic culture of western france: continuity and change in extraordinary architecture,” in Studien zur megalithik – forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische perspektiven, 1999.
[BibTeX]@inproceedings{LHelgouach1999, author = {Jean L'Helgouac'h}, booktitle = {Studien zur Megalithik - Forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische Perspektiven}, editor = {et al. {Karl W. Beinhauer}}, title = {The megalithic culture of western France: continuity and change in extraordinary architecture}, year = {1999} } - J. N. Lanting and A. L. Brindley, “The destroyed hunebed o2 and the adjacent trb flat cemetery at mander (gem. tubbergen, province overijssel),” Palaeohistoria, acta et communicationes instituti archaeologici universitatis goninganae, vol. 45/46, p. 59–94, 2005.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Lanting2005, author = {J.N. Lanting and A.L. Brindley}, journal = {Palaeohistoria, Acta et communicationes Instituti Archaeologici Universitatis Goninganae}, pages = {59–94}, title = {The destroyed hunebed O2 and the adjacent TRB flat cemetery at Mander (Gem. Tubbergen, province Overijssel)}, url = {http://irs.ub.rug.nl/dbi/43a6ae4dd9073}, volume = {45/46}, year = {2005} } - Å. M. Larsson, “Secondary burial practices in the middle neolithic:,” Current swedish archaelogy, vol. 11, p. 153–169, 2003.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Larsson2003, author = {Åsa M. Larsson}, journal = {Current Swedish Archaelogy}, pages = {153–169}, title = {Secondary burial practices in the middle Neolithic:}, url = {http://www.archasa.se/Secondary%20Burial%20Practices.pdf}, volume = {11}, year = {2003} } - F. Laux, “Das steingrab in der fischbeker heide,” Hammaburg, iss. 14, p. 7–177, 2003.
[BibTeX]@article{Laux2003, author = {F. Laux}, journal = {Hammaburg}, number = {14}, pages = {7–177}, publisher = {Wachholtz}, title = {Das Steingrab in der Fischbeker Heide}, year = {2003} } - F. Laux, Die äxte und beile in niedersachsen i (flach-, randleisten-und absatzbeile), Franz steiner verlag, 2000, vol. 23.
[BibTeX] [Abstract]
Neben der detaillierten typologischen Gliederung von 1100 Äxten und Beilen aus Niedersachsen wird ausführlich auf die chronologischen Verhältnisse Niedersachsens in der Früh- bis in die Mittelbronzezeit eingegangen. Besonderes Gewicht wird auf die Funktionsdeutung sowie auf die regionalen wie überregionalen Beziehungen gelegt.
@book{Laux2000, abstract = {Neben der detaillierten typologischen Gliederung von 1100 Äxten und Beilen aus Niedersachsen wird ausführlich auf die chronologischen Verhältnisse Niedersachsens in der Früh- bis in die Mittelbronzezeit eingegangen. Besonderes Gewicht wird auf die Funktionsdeutung sowie auf die regionalen wie überregionalen Beziehungen gelegt.}, author = {F. Laux}, keywords = {Bronze age}, publisher = {Franz Steiner Verlag}, title = {Die Äxte und Beile in Niedersachsen I (Flach-, Randleisten-und Absatzbeile)}, volume = {23}, year = {2000} } - E. T. Leeds, “Beakers of the Upper Thames district,” Geography, vol. 14, iss. 527, p. 527.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{leeds14beakers, author = {E.T. Leeds}, journal = {Geography}, number = {527}, pages = {527}, title = {{Beakers of the Upper Thames district}}, url = {http://www.oahs.org.uk/oxo/volumes/1938/leeds1.pdf}, volume = {14} } - C. T. LeRoux, “Stone axes of brittany and the marches,” in Stone axe studies: archaeological, petrological, experimental and ethnographic, M. T. H. Clough and W. A. Cummins, Eds., Cba, 1979, vol. 23, p. 49–56.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
Since the work initiated some 30 years ago by Professors Giot and Cogné, published mainly in the Bull Soc Préhist Fr in the 1950s, the main Breton petrological groups of stone axes have been well known. Recently, however, new data have been obtained for most of them which are summarized in the first part of this paper. In the second part, these data are discussed in relation to the general problems of population and social organization in Neolithic Brittany; the discussion leads to quantifications of some aspects of human activity on the main site itself, the Type A Dolerite quarry at Plussulien, and more generally in the whole of western France.
@incollection{Roux1979, abstract = {Since the work initiated some 30 years ago by Professors Giot and Cogné, published mainly in the Bull Soc Préhist Fr in the 1950s, the main Breton petrological groups of stone axes have been well known. Recently, however, new data have been obtained for most of them which are summarized in the first part of this paper. In the second part, these data are discussed in relation to the general problems of population and social organization in Neolithic Brittany; the discussion leads to quantifications of some aspects of human activity on the main site itself, the Type A Dolerite quarry at Plussulien, and more generally in the whole of western France.}, author = {C.T. LeRoux}, booktitle = {Stone axe studies: archaeological, petrological, experimental and ethnographic}, editor = {T H McK Clough and W A Cummins}, pages = {49–56}, publisher = {CBA}, title = {Stone axes of Brittany and the Marches}, url = {http://ads.ahds.ac.uk/catalogue/adsdata/cbaresrep/pdf/023/02305001.pdf}, volume = {23}, year = {1979} } - C. LeRoux, “New excavations at gavrinis,” Antiquity, vol. 59, iss. 227, p. 183–187, 1985.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{LeRoux1985, author = {Charles-Tanguy LeRoux}, journal = {Antiquity}, number = {227}, pages = {183–187}, title = {New excavations at Gavrinis}, url = {http://antiquity.ac.uk/Ant/059/0183/Ant0590183.pdf}, volume = {59}, year = {1985} } - C. LeRoux, É. Gaumé, Y. Lecerf, and J. Tinevez, Monuments mégalithiques à locmariaquer (morbihan): le long tumulus d’er grah dans son environnement, Cnrs éditions, 2007.
[BibTeX]@book{Roux2007, author = {Charles-Tanguy LeRoux and Éric Gaumé and Yannick Lecerf and Jean-Yves Tinevez}, isbn = {978-2271064905}, pages = {308}, publisher = {CNRS éditions}, title = {Monuments mégalithiques à Locmariaquer (Morbihan): Le long tumulus d'Er Grah dans son environnement}, year = {2007} } - G. Lidke, “Untersuchungen zur bedeutung von gewalt und aggression im neolithikum deutschlands unter besonderer bercksichtigung norddeutschlands,” PhD Thesis, 2008.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
New discoveries have shown aggression and violence to be important features of Neolithic cultural development. This dissertation presents an analysis of traces of manipulation due to violence visible on skull material (trepanations and traumata) from the German Neolithic. Special attention was given to Northern Germany (Mecklenburg-Vorpommern, Schleswig-Holstein, Lower Saxony and Brandendenburg). Altogether 320 skulls from this area were analysed, 28 of which showed traces of manipulation. Additionally, cases from the rest of Germany were collected from literature; so altogether 178 individuals with traces of manipulations can be discussed. 132 cases of traumata and 53 cases of trepanations are analysed. The connection between traumata and trepanations is discussed; many surgical interventions on skulls may in fact represent treatment of head wounds. Additionally, Neolithic settlement structures, weapons and tools of the time, ritual acts and social structures were checked for signs of aggression and violence. Altogether aggression and violence are to be regarded as regular features of Neolithic life, with differing amounts among various cultural groups.
@phdthesis{Lidke2008, abstract = {New discoveries have shown aggression and violence to be important features of Neolithic cultural development. This dissertation presents an analysis of traces of manipulation due to violence visible on skull material (trepanations and traumata) from the German Neolithic. Special attention was given to Northern Germany (Mecklenburg-Vorpommern, Schleswig-Holstein, Lower Saxony and Brandendenburg). Altogether 320 skulls from this area were analysed, 28 of which showed traces of manipulation. Additionally, cases from the rest of Germany were collected from literature; so altogether 178 individuals with traces of manipulations can be discussed. 132 cases of traumata and 53 cases of trepanations are analysed. The connection between traumata and trepanations is discussed; many surgical interventions on skulls may in fact represent treatment of head wounds. Additionally, Neolithic settlement structures, weapons and tools of the time, ritual acts and social structures were checked for signs of aggression and violence. Altogether aggression and violence are to be regarded as regular features of Neolithic life, with differing amounts among various cultural groups.}, author = {Gundula Lidke}, school = {Philosophischen Fakultt der Ernst-Moritz-Arndt-Universitt Greifswald}, title = {Untersuchungen zur Bedeutung von Gewalt und Aggression im Neolithikum Deutschlands unter besonderer Bercksichtigung Norddeutschlands}, url = {http://ub-ed.ub.uni-greifswald.de/opus/volltexte/2008/491/pdf/diss_lidke.gundula.pdf}, year = {2008} } - F. Lynch, Megalithic tombs and long barrows in britain, Shire pubns, 1997.
[BibTeX]@book{Lynch1997, author = {F. Lynch}, isbn = {0747803412}, publisher = {Shire Pubns}, title = {Megalithic tombs and long barrows in Britain}, year = {1997} } - J. P. Maher, Papers on language theory and history: creation and tradition in language, John benjamins, 1977, vol. 1.
[BibTeX]@book{maher1977, author = {John Peter Maher}, publisher = {John Benjamins}, title = {Papers on Language Theory and History: Creation and tradition in language}, volume = {1}, year = {1977} } - I. Mahlstedt, Die religiöse Welt der jungsteinzeit, Theiss, 2004.
[BibTeX]@book{Mahlstedt2004, author = {Ina Mahlstedt}, isbn = {978-3806218398}, publisher = {Theiss}, title = {Die religiöse {W}elt der Jungsteinzeit}, year = {2004} } - C. Malone, Neolithic britain and ireland, Tempus pub ltd, 2001.
[BibTeX]@book{Malone2001, author = {Caroline Malone}, publisher = {Tempus Pub Ltd}, title = {Neolithic Britain and Ireland}, year = {2001} } - M. S. Midgley, The megaliths of northern europe, Taylor & francis, 2008.
[BibTeX]@book{Midgley2008, author = {Magdalena Stefania Midgley}, isbn = {0415351804}, publisher = {Taylor \& Francis}, title = {The Megaliths of Northern Europe}, year = {2008} } - M. S. Midgley, The monumental cemeteries of prehistoric europe, Tempus publishing ltd., 2005.
[BibTeX]@book{Midgley2005, author = {Magdalena Stefania Midgley}, isbn = {978-0752425672}, publisher = {Tempus Publishing Ltd.}, title = {The Monumental Cemeteries of Prehistoric Europe}, year = {2005} } - M. Patton, Statements in stone: monuments and society in neolithic brittany, Routledge, london, uk, 1993.
[BibTeX]@book{Patton1993, author = {Mark Patton}, isbn = {0-415-06729-4}, pages = {209}, publisher = {Routledge, London, UK}, title = {Statements in stone: monuments and society in Neolithic Brittany}, year = {1993} } - M. Patton, “Stone axes of the channel islands: neolithic exchange in an insular context,” Oxford journal of archaeology, vol. 10, iss. 1, p. 33–43, 1991.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Patton1991stone, author = {Mark Patton}, journal = {Oxford journal of archaeology}, number = {1}, pages = {33–43}, publisher = {Wiley Online Library}, title = {Stone axes of the channel islands: Neolithic exchange in an insular context}, url = {http://www.geo.ntf.uni-lj.si/nzupancic/monkodonja/10-4963.pdf}, volume = {10}, year = {1991} } - P. M. Pearson and Ramilisonina, “Stonehenge for the ancestors: the stones pass on the message,” Antiquity, vol. 72, iss. 276, p. 308–326, 1998.
[BibTeX]@article{pearson1998, author = {M. Parker Pearson and Ramilisonina}, journal = {Antiquity}, note = {midgley-key:ParkerPearson1998}, number = {276}, pages = {308–326}, publisher = {Portland Press}, title = {Stonehenge for the ancestors: the stones pass on the message}, volume = {72}, year = {1998} } - S. Piggott, The West kennet long barrow: excavations 1955-1956, H.m. stationery office, 1962.
[BibTeX]@book{Piggott1962, author = {Stuart Piggott}, publisher = {H.M. Stationery Office}, title = {The {W}est Kennet Long Barrow: excavations 1955-1956}, year = {1962} } - S. Piggott, The neolithic cultures of the british isles : a study of the stone-using agricultural communities of britain in the second millennium b.c., London : cambridge university press, 1954.
[BibTeX]@book{Piggott1954, author = {Stuart Piggott}, isbn = {0521077818}, pages = {420}, publisher = {London : Cambridge University Press}, title = {The neolithic cultures of the British Isles : a study of the stone-using agricultural communities of Britain in the second millennium B.C.}, year = {1954} } - S. Piggott, “Neolithic pottery and other remains from Pangbourne, Berks and Caversham, Oxon,” , vol. 6, p. 30–9, 1929.
[BibTeX]@article{Piggott1929, author = {S. Piggott}, booktitle = {Proc Prehist Soc E Anglia}, pages = {30–9}, title = {{Neolithic pottery and other remains from Pangbourne, Berks and Caversham, Oxon}}, volume = {6}, year = {1929} } - S. Piggott and T. Powell, “The excavation of three neolithic chambered tombs in galloway, 1949,” , vol. 83, p. 103–61, 1948.
[BibTeX]@article{piggott1948excavation, author = {S. Piggott and TGE Powell}, booktitle = {Proc Soc Antiq Scot}, pages = {103–61}, title = {The excavation of three Neolithic chambered tombs in Galloway, 1949}, volume = {83}, year = {1948} } - J. Pollard and A. J. Reynolds, Avebury: the biography of a landscape, Tempus pub ltd, 2002.
[BibTeX]@book{Pollard2002, author = {J. Pollard and A.J. Reynolds}, isbn = {0752419579}, publisher = {Tempus Pub Ltd}, title = {Avebury: the biography of a landscape}, year = {2002} } - E. Probst, Deutschland in der steinzeit. jäger, fischer und bauern zwischen nordseeküste und alpenraum, Orbis, 1991.
[BibTeX]@book{Probst1991, author = {Ernst Probst}, isbn = {978-3570026694}, pages = {619}, publisher = {Orbis}, title = {Deutschland in der Steinzeit. Jäger, Fischer und Bauern zwischen Nordseeküste und Alpenraum}, year = {1991} } - H. Reichelt, “Der steinerne himmel,” Indogermanische forschungen, vol. 32, p. 23–57, 1913.
[BibTeX]@article{reichelt1913, author = {Hans Reichelt}, journal = {Indogermanische Forschungen}, pages = {23–57}, title = {Der steinerne Himmel}, volume = {32}, year = {1913} } - A. C. Renfrew, “Megaliths, territories and popluations,” in Acculturation and continuity in atlantic europe: papers presented at the 4th atlantic colloquiem, 1976.
[BibTeX]@inproceedings{Renfrew1976, author = {A.C. Renfrew}, booktitle = {Acculturation and Continuity in Atlantic Europe: Papers presented at the 4th Atlantic Colloquiem}, editor = {S.J. De Laet}, series = {Dissertationes Archaeologicae Gandenses}, title = {Megaliths, territories and popluations}, volume = {XVI}, year = {1976} } - F. Schlette and D. Kaufmann, Religion und kult in ur- und frühgeschichtlicher zeit: historiker-gesellschaft, 13. tagung der fachgruppe ur- und fruehgeschichte, Akademie verlag gmbh, 1989.
[BibTeX]@book{Schlette1989, author = {Friedrich Schlette and Dieter Kaufmann}, isbn = {978-3050006628}, publisher = {Akademie Verlag GmbH}, title = {Religion und Kult in ur- und frühgeschichtlicher Zeit: Historiker-Gesellschaft, 13. Tagung Der Fachgruppe Ur- Und Fruehgeschichte}, year = {1989} } - W. Schmidbauer and J. Vom Scheidt, Handbuch der rauschdrogen, Nymphenburger, 1981.
[BibTeX]@book{schmidbauer1981handbuch, author = {Wolfgang Schmidbauer and Jürgen {Vom Scheidt}}, publisher = {Nymphenburger}, title = {Handbuch der Rauschdrogen}, year = {1981} } - A. Sherratt, “Sacred and profane substances: the ritual use of narcotics in later neolithic europe,” in Sacred and profane. proceedings of a conference on archaeology, ritual and religion, 1991, p. 50–64.
[BibTeX]@inproceedings{sherratt1991sacred, author = {A. Sherratt}, booktitle = {Sacred and Profane. Proceedings of a Conference on Archaeology, Ritual and Religion}, note = {midgley-key:Sherratt1991}, pages = {50–64}, title = {Sacred and profane substances: the ritual use of narcotics in later Neolithic Europe}, year = {1991} } - S. Vierzig, Mythen der Steinzeit: das religiöse Weltbild der frühen Menschen, Bis verlag, 2009.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
Die vorliegende Arbeit macht es sich zur Aufgabe, aus den Einzelheiten der archäologischen Funde ein ungefähres Gesamtbild der Kultur der Steinzeit zu rekonstruieren. Bei diesem Versuch spielen die Religionswissenschaften mit ihren historisch-kritischen Fragestellungen und Arbeitsmitteln eine konstruktive Rolle in Ergänzung der empirisch arbeitenden Archäologie. Es darf als gesichert gelten, dass die steinzeitliche Kunst weitgehend im Dienst eines alles umfassenden Kultes stand. So können die Höhlenmalereien, die Skulpturen und Reliefs dieser Zeit als die Bildersprache eines Mythos vom Geheimnis der Welt gesehen werden. Was hält des Kosmos zusammen? Was bedeutet der Tod für das Leben? Was ist der Mensch? Einen Einblick in die Anfänge der Kulturgeschichte der Menschen zu tun, bedeutet auch, eine vertiefende Einsicht für die Problematik der aktuellen Situation zu gewinnen.
@book{vierzig2009mythen, abstract = {Die vorliegende Arbeit macht es sich zur Aufgabe, aus den Einzelheiten der archäologischen Funde ein ungefähres Gesamtbild der Kultur der Steinzeit zu rekonstruieren. Bei diesem Versuch spielen die Religionswissenschaften mit ihren historisch-kritischen Fragestellungen und Arbeitsmitteln eine konstruktive Rolle in Ergänzung der empirisch arbeitenden Archäologie. Es darf als gesichert gelten, dass die steinzeitliche Kunst weitgehend im Dienst eines alles umfassenden Kultes stand. So können die Höhlenmalereien, die Skulpturen und Reliefs dieser Zeit als die Bildersprache eines Mythos vom Geheimnis der Welt gesehen werden. Was hält des Kosmos zusammen? Was bedeutet der Tod für das Leben? Was ist der Mensch? Einen Einblick in die Anfänge der Kulturgeschichte der Menschen zu tun, bedeutet auch, eine vertiefende Einsicht für die Problematik der aktuellen Situation zu gewinnen.}, author = {Siegfried Vierzig}, publisher = {BIS Verlag}, title = {Mythen der {S}teinzeit: das religiöse {W}eltbild der frühen {M}enschen}, url = {http://oops.uni-oldenburg.de/942/1/viemyt0.pdf}, year = {2009} } - B. E. Vyner, “The street house Wossit: the excavation of a late neolithic and early bronze age palisaded ritual monument at street house, loftus, cleveland,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 54, p. 173, 1988.
[BibTeX]@article{Vyner1988, author = {B.E. Vyner}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, pages = {173}, title = {The Street House {W}ossit: the excavation of a Late Neolithic and Early Bronze Age palisaded ritual monument at Street House, Loftus, Cleveland}, volume = {54}, year = {1988} } - A. Whittle, “‘very like a whale’: menhirs, motifs and myths in the mesolithic–neolithic transition of northwest europe,” Cambridge archaeological journa, vol. 10, iss. 2, p. 243–259, 2000.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
This article suggests that the rare motif on Breton menhirs often interpreted as an axe (of ‘Mané Rutual’ type) or an axe-plough, could be the representation of a whale, and that if so, this might be a mythic creature. The character of myth and narrative is considered. It is mooted that Late Mesolithic people or their immediate descendants could have been responsible for the erection of such menhirs. The juxtaposition of the suggested whale motif with versions of animals with curved horns on the broken menhir of La Table des Marchand and Gavrinis raises the possibility of alternative or competing myths and creation stories. Other representations of natural creatures in the Mesolithic and Neolithic in Europe are briefly noted, and the possible importance of myth in the Mesolithic–Neolithic transition of northwest Europe is discussed.
@article{Whittle2000, abstract = {This article suggests that the rare motif on Breton menhirs often interpreted as an axe (of ‘Mané Rutual’ type) or an axe-plough, could be the representation of a whale, and that if so, this might be a mythic creature. The character of myth and narrative is considered. It is mooted that Late Mesolithic people or their immediate descendants could have been responsible for the erection of such menhirs. The juxtaposition of the suggested whale motif with versions of animals with curved horns on the broken menhir of La Table des Marchand and Gavrinis raises the possibility of alternative or competing myths and creation stories. Other representations of natural creatures in the Mesolithic and Neolithic in Europe are briefly noted, and the possible importance of myth in the Mesolithic–Neolithic transition of northwest Europe is discussed.}, author = {Alasdair Whittle}, journal = {Cambridge Archaeological Journa}, number = {2}, pages = {243–259}, title = {‘Very Like a Whale’: Menhirs, Motifs and Myths in the Mesolithic–Neolithic Transition of Northwest Europe}, url = {http://journals.cambridge.org/action/displayAbstract}, volume = {10}, year = {2000} } - A. Whittle, A.J.Rouse, and J.G.Evans, “A neolithic downland monument in its environment: excavations at the easton down long barrow, bishops cannings, north Wiltshire,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 59, p. 61, 1993.
[BibTeX]@article{Whittle1993, author = {A. Whittle and A.J.Rouse and J.G.Evans}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, pages = {61}, title = {A Neolithic downland monument in its environment: excavations at the Easton Down Long Barrow, Bishops Cannings, North {W}iltshire}, volume = {59}, year = {1993} } - A. W. R. Whittle, Europe in the Neolithic: the creation of new worlds, Cambridge university press, 1996.
[BibTeX]@book{Whittle1996, author = {Whittle, A. W. R.}, isbn = {0521449200}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Europe in the {N}eolithic: the creation of new worlds}, year = {1996} } - A. Woolley, A. C. Bishop, R. J. Harrison, and I. A. Kinnes, “European neolithic jade implements: a preliminary mineralogical and typological study,” in Tone axe studies: archaeological, petrological, experimental and ethnographic, M. T. H. Clough and W. A. Cummins, Eds., Cba, 1979, p. 90–96.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
The types, distribution, and cultural contexts of jade implements in Europe are briefly discussed. It is shown that axes can be grouped typologically in terms of their length, width, and thickness, and this is demonstrated graphically. The chemical composition of the constituent pyroxenes of fourteen implements, representing the principal typological groups, has been determined and is illustrated graphically. A wide range of compositions is found, and a good correlation exists between pyroxene type and axe typology.
@incollection{Woolley1979, abstract = {The types, distribution, and cultural contexts of jade implements in Europe are briefly discussed. It is shown that axes can be grouped typologically in terms of their length, width, and thickness, and this is demonstrated graphically. The chemical composition of the constituent pyroxenes of fourteen implements, representing the principal typological groups, has been determined and is illustrated graphically. A wide range of compositions is found, and a good correlation exists between pyroxene type and axe typology.}, author = {AR Woolley and A.C. Bishop and R. J. Harrison and I. A. Kinnes}, booktitle = {tone axe studies: archaeological, petrological, experimental and ethnographic}, editor = {T. H. McK Clough and W. A. Cummins}, number = {23}, pages = {90–96}, publisher = {CBA}, title = {European Neolithic jade implements: a preliminary mineralogical and typological study}, type = {Research Report}, url = {http://ads.ahds.ac.uk/catalogue/adsdata/cbaresrep/pdf/023/02310001.pdf}, year = {1979} } - I. Wunn, Goetter, muetter, ahnenkult – neolithische religionen in anatolien, Vml vlg marie leidorf, 2001.
[BibTeX]@book{Wunn1999, author = {Ina Wunn}, isbn = {978-3-89646-021-9}, publisher = {VML Vlg Marie Leidorf}, series = {Beiheft der Archologischen Mitteilungen aus Nordwestdeutschland 36}, title = {Goetter, Muetter, Ahnenkult – Neolithische Religionen in Anatolien}, year = {2001} } - Studien zur megalithik : forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische perspektiven, 1999.
[BibTeX]@proceedings{Beinhauer1999, editor = {Karl W. Beinhauer and Gabriel Cooney and Christian E. Guksch and Susan Kus}, isbn = {978-3-930036-36-3}, note = {ISBN: 978-3-930036-36-3}, title = {Studien zur Megalithik : Forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische Perspektiven}, volume = {21}, year = {1999} } - F. Bertemes and A. Northe, “Die kreisgrabenanlage von goseck,” Archäologie in sachsen-anhalt, iss. 5, p. 13–36, 2011.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{BertemesNorthe2011, author = {François Bertemes and Andreas Northe}, journal = {Archäologie in Sachsen-Anhalt}, number = {5}, pages = {13–36}, title = {Die Kreisgrabenanlage von Goseck}, url = {https://www.academia.edu/1202920/Die_Kreisgrabenanlage_von_Goseck}, year = {2011} } - K. Wentink, “Crafting axes, producing meaning. neolithic axe depositions in the northern netherlands,” Archaeological dialogues, vol. 15, iss. 02, p. 151–173, 2008.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{wentink2008crafting, author = {Karsten Wentink}, journal = {Archaeological Dialogues}, number = {02}, pages = {151–173}, publisher = {Cambridge Univ Press}, title = {Crafting axes, producing meaning. Neolithic axe depositions in the northern Netherlands}, url = {https://openaccess.leidenuniv.nl/bitstream/handle/1887/16110/Wentink_2008_dialogues.pdf?sequence=1}, volume = {15}, year = {2008} } - J. L’Helgouac’h, S. Cassen, N. Le Meur, L. Arnaud, Blanquet, and G. Hamon, “Morbihan, locmariaquer. site de l’alignement du grand menhir. rapport sur la 8 campagne de fouilles, juillet-aout 1993,” 1993.
[BibTeX]@techreport{LHelgouach93, author = {Jean L'Helgouac'h and Serge Cassen and N. {Le Meur} and L. Arnaud and Blanquet and G. Hamon}, title = {Morbihan, Locmariaquer. Site de l'alignement du Grand Menhir. Rapport sur la 8 campagne de fouilles, juillet-aout 1993}, year = {1993} } - S. Cassen, F. Bache, D. Bonniol, C. Boujot, C. Chaigneau, C. Dardignac, E. Delque-Kolic, P. Dufresne, P. François, P. Gouletquer, and others, “Autour de la table,” 2009.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@techreport{cassen2009autour, author = {S Cassen and F Bache and D Bonniol and C Boujot and C Chaigneau and C Dardignac and E Delque-Kolic and P Dufresne and P François and P Gouletquer and others}, journal = {Explorations Archéologiques et Discours Savants sur des Architectures Néolithiques à Locmariaquer, Morbihan}, title = {Autour de la Table}, url = {http://s3.amazonaws.com/academia.edu.documents/28363729/CassenConclusions.pdf?AWSAccessKeyId=AKIAJ56TQJRTWSMTNPEA&Expires=1475274777&Signature=hQX79GfCaXTBzpJpJwPfe%2FUnHkM%3D&response-content-disposition=inline%3B%20filename%3DLa_simulation_des_faits_imagines_phases.pdf}, year = {2009} } - R. Elburg, W. Hein, A. Probst, and P. Walter, “Field trials in neolithic woodworking – (re)learning to use early neolithic stone adzes,” Exarc journal, vol. EXARC Journal Issue 2015/2, 2015.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Elburg2015, author = {R. Elburg and W. Hein and A. Probst and P. Walter}, journal = {EXARC Journal}, title = {Field Trials in Neolithic Woodworking – (Re)Learning to Use Early Neolithic Stone Adzes}, url = {https://exarc.net/ark:/88735/10196}, volume = {EXARC Journal Issue 2015/2}, year = {2015} } - F. Klimscha, “Das opfer und das geopferte. versuch einer kontextuellen deutung der reinen beilhorte und der hölzernen beilschäftungen in neolithischen horten der trichterbecherkultur,” Archäologische informationen, vol. 32, iss. 1&2, p. 119–129, 2009.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
Der Autor präsentiert eine Deutung der reinen Beilhorte und der Beilhorte mit erhaltener Schäftung in der Trichterbecherkultur. Aufgrund von Hinweisen zur Nutzung und Deponierungsdetails werden Erhaltungsbedingungen für diesen Unterschied ausgeschlossen und stattdessen eine Separierung und unterschiedliche Deutung der Horte mit Schäftung vorgeschlagen.
@article{Klimscha2009, abstract = {Der Autor präsentiert eine Deutung der reinen Beilhorte und der Beilhorte mit erhaltener Schäftung in der Trichterbecherkultur. Aufgrund von Hinweisen zur Nutzung und Deponierungsdetails werden Erhaltungsbedingungen für diesen Unterschied ausgeschlossen und stattdessen eine Separierung und unterschiedliche Deutung der Horte mit Schäftung vorgeschlagen.}, author = {Florian Klimscha}, journal = {Archäologische Informationen}, key = {Neolithikum; Trichterbecherkultur; Horte; Depotfunde; Beile; Schäftungen}, number = {1\&2}, pages = {119–129}, title = {Das Opfer und das Geopferte. Versuch einer kontextuellen Deutung der reinen Beilhorte und der hölzernen Beilschäftungen in neolithischen Horten der Trichterbecherkultur}, url = {http://journals.ub.uni-heidelberg.de/index.php/arch-inf/article/view/10199}, volume = {32}, year = {2009} } - C. Scarre, Monuments and landscape in atlantic europe: perception and society during the neolithic and early bronze age, C. Scarre, Ed., Routledge, 2002.
[BibTeX]@book{Scarre2002, author = {Chris Scarre}, editor = {Chris Scarre}, isbn = {978-0415273145}, note = {midgley-key:Scarre2002b}, pages = {224}, publisher = {Routledge}, title = {Monuments and Landscape in Atlantic Europe: Perception and Society during the Neolithic and Early Bronze Age}, year = {2002} } - Megaliths and identities : early monuments and neolithic societies from the atlantic to the baltic / 3rd european megalithic studies group meeting, 13th – 15th of may 2010 at kiel universityDr. rudolf habelt gmbh, bonn, 2011.
[BibTeX]@proceedings{Furholt2011, editor = {Martin Furholt AND Friedrich Lüth AND Johannes Müller}, isbn = {978-3-7749-3745-1}, organization = {Institut für Ur- und Frühgeschichte der CAU Kiel Römisch-Germanische Kommission Frankfurt a.M.}, publisher = {Dr. Rudolf Habelt GmbH, Bonn}, title = {Megaliths and identities : early monuments and neolithic societies from the Atlantic to the Baltic / 3rd European Megalithic Studies Group Meeting, 13th - 15th of May 2010 at Kiel University}, volume = {1}, year = {2011} } - S. Cassen, E. Delqué-Kolic, P. Dufresne, P. Lanos, and E. Al., ,” , Vannes, France, 2007.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@inproceedings{cassen:insu-00266743, address = {Vannes, France}, author = {Cassen, S. and Delqu{\'e}-Kolic, E. and Dufresne, Philippe and Lanos, Philippe and Al., Et}, note = {1 p.}, url = {https://hal-insu.archives-ouvertes.fr/insu-00266743}, year = {2007} } - L. Laporte, “Innate and/or expressed identities: their conceptualization through monumentality, funerary practices and grave goods? some examples from the megalithic tradition of western france.,” Journal of neolithic archaeology, 2010. doi:10.12766/jna.2010.34
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
The notion of identity has sometimes been implicitly likened to methodology of classification, which applies to prehistorian’s work in order to better position the subject of his research in time and space. Concerning megalithism in Western France, a model of unilinear development has now prevailed for about fifteen years, drawing a parallel between the classification of architectures and what appeared to be new suggestions concerning the periodisation of material culture. This model struggles in accounting for the entire diversity of the observed facts. Therefore, one has to accept the idea of multiplicity of identities or of multifaceted identities, sometimes coexisting within the same place. A technological approach assumes that all material implementation realized by men – beyond functional constraints and specificities – bears a part of innate identity resulting from the manner in which the operational sequences, whether simple or complex, are set up. At the same time, all these implementations materialise a conceptual standard to which expressed identity values are often attributed. Amongst the numerous conceptual standards whose entire diversity we only just start to perceive in the megalithism of Western France, a very elongated trapeze-shaped plan lined by two lateral quarries is valorised. According to a general proposal hardly new in itself, this standard is not without recalling the plan of the Danubian house .
@article{Laporte2010, abstract = {The notion of identity has sometimes been implicitly likened to methodology of classification, which applies to prehistorian’s work in order to better position the subject of his research in time and space. Concerning megalithism in Western France, a model of unilinear development has now prevailed for about fifteen years, drawing a parallel between the classification of architectures and what appeared to be new suggestions concerning the periodisation of material culture. This model struggles in accounting for the entire diversity of the observed facts. Therefore, one has to accept the idea of multiplicity of identities or of multifaceted identities, sometimes coexisting within the same place. A technological approach assumes that all material implementation realized by men – beyond functional constraints and specificities – bears a part of innate identity resulting from the manner in which the operational sequences, whether simple or complex, are set up. At the same time, all these implementations materialise a conceptual standard to which expressed identity values are often attributed. Amongst the numerous conceptual standards whose entire diversity we only just start to perceive in the megalithism of Western France, a very elongated trapeze-shaped plan lined by two lateral quarries is valorised. According to a general proposal hardly new in itself, this standard is not without recalling the plan of the Danubian house .}, author = {Luc Laporte}, doi = {10.12766/jna.2010.34}, issn = {2197-649X}, journal = {Journal of Neolithic Archaeology}, keywords = {western France; megalithic tradition; identities;}, title = {Innate and/or expressed identities: Their conceptualization through monumentality, funerary practices and grave goods? Some examples from the megalithic tradition of western France.}, url = {http://www.jna.uni-kiel.de/index.php/jna/article/view/34}, year = {2010} } - J. Müller, Großsteingräber, grabenwerke, langhügel: frühe monumentalbauten mitteleuropas, Theiss, konrad, 2017.
[BibTeX]@book{Mueller2017, author = {M{\"u}ller, J.}, isbn = {9783806234633}, publisher = {Theiss, Konrad}, title = {Gro{\ss}steingr{\"a}ber, Grabenwerke, Langh{\"u}gel: Fr{\"u}he Monumentalbauten Mitteleuropas}, year = {2017} } - M. Gillings, J. Pollard, D. Wheatley, R. Peterson, R. Cleal, N. Cooper, P. Courtney, F. Coward, A. David, R. Gale, A. Gouldwell, J. Gunter, H. Lewis, P. Macdonald, A. Mann, L. Martin, L. Mepham, G. Morgan, R. Mount, P. Parkes, E. Rhodes, V. Roberts, J. Schwenninger, N. Snashall, J. White, and R. Young, Landscape of the Megaliths: Excavation and Fieldwork on the Avebury Monuments, 1997-2003, Oxbow books, 2008.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
This volume describes the results of the Longstones Project , a joint-universities programme of excavation and survey designed to develop a fuller understanding of the context and dynamics of monument construction in the later Neolithic (3rd millennium BC) of the Avebury region, Wiltshire. Several elements of this internationally important prehistoric monument complex were investigated: an early-mid 3rd millennium BC enclosure at Beckhampton; the recently re-discovered Beckhampton Avenue and Longstones Cove; a section of the West Kennet Avenue; the Falkner’s stone circle; and the Cove within Avebury’s Northern Inner Circle. The research sheds new light on the complexities and development of this monument rich area and consideration is given to the questions of how and why ceremonial centres such as that at Avebury came into being in the 3rd millennium BC. The importance of understanding the agency – the affective and perceived inherent qualities – of materials and landscapes is stressed; and the unusual character of the Wessex monument complexes is highlighted by comparison with the format and sequences of other ceremonial centres in southern Britain. The second part of the monograph tracks the later, post-prehistoric, lives of Avebury’s megalithic monuments including a detailed account of the early 18th-century records of the Beckhampton Avenue made by the antiquary William Stukeley.
@book{10.2307/j.ctt1cfr8sf, abstract = {This volume describes the results of the Longstones Project , a joint-universities programme of excavation and survey designed to develop a fuller understanding of the context and dynamics of monument construction in the later Neolithic (3rd millennium BC) of the Avebury region, Wiltshire. Several elements of this internationally important prehistoric monument complex were investigated: an early-mid 3rd millennium BC enclosure at Beckhampton; the recently re-discovered Beckhampton Avenue and Longstones Cove; a section of the West Kennet Avenue; the Falkner's stone circle; and the Cove within Avebury's Northern Inner Circle. The research sheds new light on the complexities and development of this monument rich area and consideration is given to the questions of how and why ceremonial centres such as that at Avebury came into being in the 3rd millennium BC. The importance of understanding the agency - the affective and perceived inherent qualities - of materials and landscapes is stressed; and the unusual character of the Wessex monument complexes is highlighted by comparison with the format and sequences of other ceremonial centres in southern Britain. The second part of the monograph tracks the later, post-prehistoric, lives of Avebury's megalithic monuments including a detailed account of the early 18th-century records of the Beckhampton Avenue made by the antiquary William Stukeley.}, author = {Mark Gillings and Joshua Pollard and David Wheatley and Rick Peterson and Rosamund Cleal and Nicholas Cooper and Paul Courtney and Fiona Coward and Andrew David and Rowena Gale and Anthony Gouldwell and James Gunter and Helen Lewis and Philip Macdonald and Andrew Mann and Louise Martin and Lorraine Mepham and Graham Morgan and Rosina Mount and Philip Parkes and Ed Rhodes and Vaughan Roberts and Jean-Luc Schwenninger and Nicola Snashall and Joe White and Ruth Young}, isbn = {9781842179710}, publisher = {Oxbow Books}, title = {{L}andscape of the {M}egaliths: {E}xcavation and {F}ieldwork on the {A}vebury {M}onuments, 1997-2003}, url = {http://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctt1cfr8sf}, year = {2008} } - A. Burl, The stone circles of britain, ireland, and brittany, Yale university press, 2000.
[BibTeX]@book{burl2000stone, author = {Burl, A.}, isbn = {9780300083477}, lccn = {99087909}, publisher = {Yale University Press}, title = {The Stone Circles of Britain, Ireland, and Brittany}, year = {2000} } - A. Burl, Prehistoric Henges, Shire archaeology, 1991.
[BibTeX]@book{burl1991prehistoric, author = {Burl, A.}, isbn = {9780747801238}, lccn = {91226958}, publisher = {Shire Archaeology}, series = {Shire Series}, title = {Prehistoric {H}enges}, year = {1991} } - D. Evers, Felsbilder – botschaften der vorzeit, Urania-verlag, 1991.
[BibTeX]@book{Evers91, author = {Dietrich Evers}, isbn = {3-332-00482-4}, publisher = {Urania-Verlag}, title = {Felsbilder - Botschaften der Vorzeit}, year = {1991} } - G. Nash, “A scattering of images: the rock-art of southern britain.” , 2007.
[BibTeX]@inbook{Nash07, author = {George Nash}, chapter = {Art as Metaphor: The Prehistoric Rock-art of Britain}, isbn = {978-1-905739-16-5}, title = {A Scattering of images: The Rock-art of southern Britain}, year = {2007} } - S. Cassen, “Pigeon-raven, snake and sperm whale, magical objects and domestic horned,” in Proc. of the 11th neolithic seminar, 2004.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@inproceedings{Cassen04, author = {Serge Cassen}, booktitle = {Proc. of the 11th Neolithic Seminar}, title = {Pigeon-raven, snake and sperm whale, magical objects and domestic horned}, url = {http://arheologija.ff.uni-lj.si/documenta/pdf32/32cassen.pdf}, year = {2004} } - R. Bradley, “Deaths and Entrances: A Contextual Analysis of Megalithic Art,” Current anthropology, vol. 30, p. 68–75, 1989.
[BibTeX]@article{Bradley89, author = {Richard Bradley}, journal = {Current Anthropology}, pages = {68--75}, title = {Deaths and {E}ntrances: {A} {C}ontextual {A}nalysis of {M}egalithic {A}rt}, volume = {30}, year = {1989} } - J. Dronfield, “Subjective visions and the source of irish megalithic art,” Antiquity, vol. 69, p. 539–549, 1995.
[BibTeX]@article{Dron95, author = {Jeremy Dronfield}, journal = {Antiquity}, pages = {539--549}, title = {Subjective Visions and the Source of Irish Megalithic Art}, volume = {69}, year = {1995} } - D. Lewis-Williams and T. A. Dowson, “The signs of all times: entoptic phenomena in Upper Paleolithic art,” Antiquity, vol. 29, p. 201–45, 1988.
[BibTeX]@article{Lewis-Williams1988, author = {David Lewis-Williams and T.A. Dowson}, journal = {Antiquity}, pages = {201--45}, title = {The signs of all times: entoptic phenomena in {U}pper {P}aleolithic art}, volume = {29}, year = {1988} } - S. J. Lubbock, “Pre-historic times: as illustrated by ancient remains, and the manners and customs of modern savages,” (london), 1865.
[BibTeX]@article{Lubbock1865, author = {S.J. Lubbock}, journal = {(London)}, title = {Pre-historic Times: As Illustrated by Ancient Remains, and the Manners and Customs of Modern Savages}, year = {1865} } - J. Pollard, M. Gillings, and D. Wheatley, “Pulling back the covers on sleeping stones: recent excavations on the beckhampton avenue, avebury,” Lithics–the journal of the lithic studies society, iss. 20, p. 31, 2016.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{pollard2016pulling, author = {Pollard, Josh and Gillings, Mark and Wheatley, David}, journal = {Lithics--The Journal of the Lithic Studies Society}, number = {20}, pages = {31}, title = {Pulling Back the Covers on Sleeping Stones: Recent Excavations on the Beckhampton Avenue, Avebury}, url = {http://journal.lithics.org/index.php/lithics/article/view/512/497}, year = {2016} } - I. F. Smith and A. Keiller, Windmill hill and avebury: excavations by alexander keiller, 1925-1939, Clarendon press, 1965.
[BibTeX]@book{smith1965windmill, author = {Smith, Isobel Foster and Keiller, Alexander}, publisher = {Clarendon Press}, title = {Windmill Hill and Avebury: excavations by Alexander Keiller, 1925-1939}, year = {1965} } - M. Furholt, D. Mischka, K. Rassmann, and G. Schafferer, “Megaform – ein formalisierungssystem für die analyse monumentaler baustrukturen des neolithikums im nördlichen mitteleuropa,” Journal of neolithic archaeology, 2010. doi:10.12766/jna.2010.60
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Furholt_Mischka_Rassmann_Schafferer_2010, abstractnote = {MegaForm is a recording system for Neolithic megaliths in northern Central Europe and southern Scandinavia. It was created in the context of the Priority Program 1400 “Early Monumentality and Social Differentiationâ€. It aims at formalising the recording of architectural traits of megaliths, non-megalithic monuments and simple graves, focussing on single characteristics, not on complex types. Specific national traditions have resulted in different terminologies. MegaForm unites these into one overall recording system, a new standard for the recording and description of megaliths. In this article, the recording system is proposed and commented, and it is possible to download a suitable database system.}, author = {Furholt, Martin and Mischka, Doris and Rassmann, Knut and Schafferer, Georg}, doi = {10.12766/jna.2010.60}, journal = {Journal of Neolithic Archaeology}, month = {Nov.}, title = {MegaForm - Ein Formalisierungssystem für die Analyse monumentaler Baustrukturen des Neolithikums im nördlichen Mitteleuropa}, url = {https://www.jna.uni-kiel.de/index.php/jna/article/view/60}, year = {2010} } - E. Sprockhoff, Atlas der Megalithgräber Deutschlands. Teil 1: Schleswig-Holstein, Habelt, 1965.
[BibTeX]@book{Sprockhoff1965, author = {Sprockhoff, Ernst}, isbn = {9783774905177}, note = {midgley-key:Sprockhoff1966}, publisher = {Habelt}, title = {Atlas der {M}egalithgräber {D}eutschlands. {T}eil 1: {S}chleswig-{H}olstein}, year = {1965} } - E. Sprockhoff, Atlas der Megalithgräber Deutschlands. Teil 2: Mecklenburg, Brandenburg, Pommern, Habelt, 1967.
[BibTeX]@book{Sprockhoff1967, author = {Sprockhoff, Ernst}, isbn = {978-3-7749-0743-0}, publisher = {Habelt}, title = {Atlas der {M}egalithgräber {D}eutschlands. {T}eil 2: {M}ecklenburg, {B}randenburg, {P}ommern}, year = {1967} } - E. Sprockhoff, Atlas der Megalithgräber Deutschlands. Teil 3: Niedersachsen – Westfalen, Aus dem Nachlaß hrsg. von gerhard körner, habelt, 1975.
[BibTeX]@book{Sprockhoff1975, author = {Sprockhoff, Ernst}, isbn = {9783774913269}, publisher = {aus dem {N}achlaß hrsg. von Gerhard Körner, Habelt}, title = {Atlas der {M}egalithgräber {D}eutschlands. {T}eil 3: {N}iedersachsen - {W}estfalen}, year = {1975} } - J. E. Walkowitz, Das Megalithsyndrom : europäische Kultplätze der Steinzeit, Langenweissbach: Beier & Beran, 2003.
[BibTeX]@book{walkowitz2003das, address = {Langenweissbach}, author = {Walkowitz, Jürgen E.}, isbn = {9783930036707}, publisher = {Beier \& {B}eran}, title = {Das {M}egalithsyndrom : europäische {K}ultplätze der {S}teinzeit}, year = {2003} } - J. Müller, Megaliths and funnel beakers: societies in change 4100-2700 bc, Drieendertigste kroon-voordracht, 2011.
[BibTeX]@book{Mueller2011, author = {M{\"u}ller, Johannes}, publisher = {Drieendertigste Kroon-Voordracht}, title = {Megaliths and Funnel Beakers: Societies in Change 4100-2700 BC}, year = {2011} } - M. Wunderlich, J. Müller, and M. Hinz, “Diversified monuments: a chronological framework of the creation of monumental landscapes in prehistoric europe,” in Megaliths – societies – landscapesearly monumentality and social differentiation in neolithic europe, vol.1, 2019.
[BibTeX]@inproceedings{Wunderlich2019, author = {Wunderlich, Maria and Müller, Johannes and Hinz, Martin}, booktitle = {Megaliths – Societies – LandscapesEarly Monumentality and Social Differentiation in Neolithic Europe, Vol.1}, title = {Diversified monuments: A chronological framework of the creation of monumental landscapes in prehistoric Europe}, year = {2019} } - A. Burl, Megalithic brittany : a guide to over 350 ancient sites and monuments, London: Thames and hudson, 1985.
[BibTeX]@book{Burl85, address = {London}, author = {Burl, Aubrey}, isbn = {0-500-27460-6}, publisher = {Thames and Hudson}, title = {Megalithic Brittany : a guide to over 350 ancient sites and monuments}, year = {1985} } - E. S. Twohig, The megalithic art of western europe, Oxford New York: Clarendon press oxford university press, 1981.
[BibTeX]@book{Twohig1981, address = {Oxford New York}, author = {Twohig, Elizabeth Shee}, isbn = {0-19-813193-3}, publisher = {Clarendon Press Oxford University Press}, title = {The megalithic art of Western Europe}, year = {1981} } - J. Le Quellec, “L’art mégalithique en france: récents développements / megalithic art in france: recent developments.), p. 689-719,,” in Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l’ouest de l’europe, bougon, 2002.
[BibTeX]@inproceedings{LeQuellec2002, author = {Le Quellec, Jean-Loïc}, booktitle = {Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l'ouest de l'Europe, Bougon}, title = {L'art mégalithique en France: récents développements / Megalithic art in France: Recent Developments.), p. 689-719,}, year = {2002} } - S. B. Paulsson, “Radiocarbon dates and bayesian modeling support maritime diffusion model for megaliths in europe,” Proceedings of the national academy of sciences, vol. 116, iss. 9, p. 3460–3465, 2019.
[BibTeX]@article{paulsson2019radiocarbon, author = {Paulsson, B Schulz}, journal = {Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences}, number = {9}, pages = {3460--3465}, publisher = {National Acad Sciences}, title = {Radiocarbon dates and Bayesian modeling support maritime diffusion model for megaliths in Europe}, volume = {116}, year = {2019} } - V. Pingel, “Megalithgruppen und ihre archäologische differen-zierung – ein rückblick,” in Studien zur megalithik : forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische perspektiven, Mannheim, 1999.
[BibTeX]@inproceedings{Pingel1999, address = {Mannheim}, author = {Pingel,, V.}, booktitle = {Studien zur Megalithik : Forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische Perspektiven}, editor = {Beinhauer, Karl}, isbn = {3-930036-36-3}, publisher = {Beier \& Beran}, title = {Megalithgruppen und ihre archäologische Differen-zierung – ein Rückblick}, year = {1999} } - E. Schuldt, Die mecklenburgischen Megalithgräber. Untersuchungen zu ihrer Architektur und Funktion., Berlin : deutscher verlag der wissenschaften, 1972, vol. 6.
[BibTeX]@book{Schuldt1972, author = {Ewald Schuldt}, journal = {Beiträge zur Ur- und Früh-geschichte der Bezirke Rostock, Schwerin und Neubrandenburg}, publisher = {Berlin : Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften}, title = {{D}ie mecklenburgischen {M}egalithgräber. {U}ntersuchungen zu ihrer {A}rchitektur und {F}unktion.}, volume = {6}, year = {1972} } - M. O’Sullivan and Sullivan, “Megalithic tombs and storied landscapes in neolithic ireland,” , 2022.
[BibTeX]@article{OSullivan2022, author = {O'Sullivan, Muiris and Sullivan,}, month = {11}, title = {Megalithic tombs and storied landscapes in Neolithic Ireland}, year = {2022} } - G. Robin, “Spatial structures and symbolic systems in irish and british passage tombs: the organization of architectural elements, parietal carved signs and funerary deposits,” Cambridge archaeological journal, vol. 20, pp. 373-418, 2010. doi:10.1017/S0959774310000478
[BibTeX]@article{Robin2010, author = {Robin, Guillaume}, doi = {10.1017/S0959774310000478}, journal = {Cambridge Archaeological Journal}, month = {10}, pages = {373 - 418}, title = {Spatial Structures and Symbolic Systems in Irish and British Passage Tombs: The Organization of Architectural Elements, Parietal Carved Signs and Funerary Deposits}, volume = {20}, year = {2010} } - M. O’Sullivan, Megalithic art in ireland, Country house, 1993.
[BibTeX]@book{OSullivan1993, author = {Muiris O'Sullivan}, isbn = {0946172366}, publisher = {Country House}, title = {Megalithic art in Ireland}, year = {1993} } - J. P. Brozio, W. Dörfler, I. Feeser, W. Kirleis, S. Klooß, and J. Müller, “A middle neolithic well from northern germany: a precise source to reconstruct water supply management, subsistence economy, and deposition practices,” Journal of archaeological science, vol. 51, pp. 135-153, 2014. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jas.2013.03.029
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
Wells constitute a seldom, but important archive particularly as a source for reconstructing prehistoric economy. For the newly discovered Middle Neolithic well of the Funnel Beaker North Group at the domestic site of Oldenburg-Dannau LA77 (North Germany), a deposition of settlement refuse in a former well was documented. Due to depositional processes, the remains provided a detailed palaeo-ecological and archaeological archive for a short time-span around 3050 cal BC. The integration of wells in Middle Neolithic water management strategies, the high value of cereal production – including cereal threshing in the settlement and the documentation of a large number of querns – as well as the early management of “fruit gardens” were reconstructed. Subsequently, the probabilities of profane versus ritual social praxis associated with the depositional process were discussed.
@article{Brozio2014, abstract = {Wells constitute a seldom, but important archive particularly as a source for reconstructing prehistoric economy. For the newly discovered Middle Neolithic well of the Funnel Beaker North Group at the domestic site of Oldenburg-Dannau LA77 (North Germany), a deposition of settlement refuse in a former well was documented. Due to depositional processes, the remains provided a detailed palaeo-ecological and archaeological archive for a short time-span around 3050 cal BC. The integration of wells in Middle Neolithic water management strategies, the high value of cereal production – including cereal threshing in the settlement and the documentation of a large number of querns – as well as the early management of “fruit gardens” were reconstructed. Subsequently, the probabilities of profane versus ritual social praxis associated with the depositional process were discussed.}, author = {Jan Piet Brozio and Walter Dörfler and Ingo Feeser and Wiebke Kirleis and Stefanie Klooß and Johannes Müller}, doi = {https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jas.2013.03.029}, issn = {0305-4403}, journal = {Journal of Archaeological Science}, keywords = {Funnel Beaker North Group, Neolithic economy, Well, Deposition processes, Palynology, Archaeobotany}, note = {The world reshaped: practices and impacts of early agrarian societies}, pages = {135-153}, title = {A Middle Neolithic well from Northern Germany: a precise source to reconstruct water supply management, subsistence economy, and deposition practices}, url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0305440313001283}, volume = {51}, year = {2014} } - J. P. Brozio, “Megalithanlagen und siedlungsmuster im trichterbecherzeitlichen ostholstein,” PhD Thesis, 2016.
[BibTeX]@phdthesis{Brozio2016, author = {Brozio, Jan Piet}, publisher = {in Kommission bei Verlag Dr. Rudolf Habelt GmbH}, title = {Megalithanlagen und Siedlungsmuster im trichterbecherzeitlichen Ostholstein}, year = {2016} } - T. Madsen, “Earthen long barrows and timber structures: aspects of the early neolithic mortuary practice in denmark,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 45, p. 301–320, 1979. doi:10.1017/S0079497X00009774
[BibTeX]@article{Madsen1979, author = {Madsen, Torsten}, doi = {10.1017/S0079497X00009774}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, pages = {301–320}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Earthen Long Barrows and Timber Structures: Aspects of the Early Neolithic Mortuary Practice in Denmark}, volume = {45}, year = {1979} } - P. Chambon and A. Thomas, “The first monumental cemeteries of western europe : the „passy type“ necropolis in the paris basin around 4500 bc,” Journal of neolithic archaeology, vol. 12, iss. 2, 2010. doi:10.12766/jna.2010.37
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Chambon2010, abstractnote = {In the Seine-Yonne basin at around 4500 B.C. numerous cemeteries appeared, including giant “enclosures” which as a funerary manifestation would have no later equivalent in Europe. These constructions, whether tumuli, palisade enclosures, or mixed systems, sometimes exceed 300 m in length but contain very few burials. Beyond the classic interpretation, which sees high investment in a few individuals as reflecting a hierarchical society, structural analysis of these cemeteries shows the repetition of an elementary module, associated with consistent attributes, evoking hunting and more broadly, the wild. An exercise of association and exclusion brings into play the morphology and arrangements of the monuments, the gender of the inhumed individuals and their attributes. In the male monuments, a central figure is thus distinguished, sometimes with original physical characteristics and accompanied by an enigmatic insignia: a pointed bone instrument with a wide base, trivially called an “Eiffel Tower”. This figure is surrounded by other individuals interpreted as hunters on the basis of the accompanying objects. Other individuals probably served as no more than passive figurants, rather like foils. In any case, the monumental cemeteries of the 5th millennium correspond to the earliest human groups for which we can identify diverse and repetitive statuses.}, author = {Chambon, Philippe and Thomas, Aline}, doi = {10.12766/jna.2010.37}, journal = {Journal of Neolithic Archaeology}, month = {Oct.}, number = {2}, title = {The first monumental cemeteries of western Europe : the „Passy type“ necropolis in the Paris basin around 4500 BC}, url = {https://www.jna.uni-kiel.de/index.php/jna/article/view/37}, volume = {12}, year = {2010} } - C. Boujot and S. Cassen, “A pattern of evolution for the neolithic funerary structures of the west of france,” Antiquity, vol. 67, pp. 477-491, 1993.
[BibTeX]@article{Boujot1993, author = {Christine Boujot and Serge Cassen}, journal = {Antiquity}, pages = {477 - 491}, title = {A pattern of evolution for the Neolithic funerary structures of the west of France}, volume = {67}, year = {1993} } - J. Müller, H. Dibbern, and F. Hage, “Non-megalithic mounds beneath megaliths: a new perspective on monumentality in north central europe.” 2014.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@inproceedings{Mueller2014, author = {Johannes Müller and Hauke Dibbern and Franziska Hage}, editor = {Hinz, Martin and Mischka, Doris and Noble, Gordon and Olausson, Deborah}, publisher = {Verlag Dr. Rudolf Habelt}, title = {Non-megalithic mounds beneath megaliths: A new perspective on monumentality in North Central Europe}, url = {http://www.monument.ufg.uni-kiel.de/fileadmin/projekte/common/fmsd4/FMSD_04.pdf}, year = {2014} } - A. Pelisiak, “The funnel beaker culture: long barrows as the landscape of the dead within the landscapes of the living.” 2014.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@inproceedings{Pelisiak2014, author = {Andrzej Pelisiak}, editor = {Hinz, Martin and Mischka, Doris and Noble, Gordon and Olausson, Deborah}, publisher = {Verlag Dr. Rudolf Habelt}, title = {The Funnel Beaker culture: Long barrows as the landscape of the dead within the landscapes of the living}, url = {http://www.monument.ufg.uni-kiel.de/fileadmin/projekte/common/fmsd4/FMSD_04.pdf}, year = {2014} } - J. Fergusson, Rude stone monuments in all countries : their age and uses, J. murray, london, 1872.
[BibTeX]@book{Fergusson1872, author = {Fergusson, James}, publisher = {J. Murray, London}, title = {Rude stone monuments in all countries : their age and uses}, year = {1872} } - A. Whittle, Sacred mound, holy rings: silbury hill and the west kennet palisade enclosures: a later neolithic complex in north wiltshire, Oxbow books, 1997.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
The excavations at Silbury Hill in the late 1960s were broadcast to the world on television and generated a huge amount of excitement, but until now have not been published. This report gives a full account of the excavation and discusses the archaeological and environmental evidence from the tunnel, the ditch section and the cuttings on the top of the mound, as well as the radiocarbon dates. Neolithic enclosures at nearby West Kennet have been the subject of research excavations since 1987, carried out by Cardiff university. One is a nearly circular double enclosure that straddles the present Kennet, the other is a larger elliptical enclosure. The character of the palisades, their construction, the finds and the radiocarbon dates are fully reported. Very importantly there is an extensive discussion of the interpretation of Silbury Hill and the enclosures and of their relation to each other and to the other features of the Neolithic landscape: the Sanctuary, the West Kennet Avenue and Avebury itself.
@book{Whittle1997, abstract = {The excavations at Silbury Hill in the late 1960s were broadcast to the world on television and generated a huge amount of excitement, but until now have not been published. This report gives a full account of the excavation and discusses the archaeological and environmental evidence from the tunnel, the ditch section and the cuttings on the top of the mound, as well as the radiocarbon dates. Neolithic enclosures at nearby West Kennet have been the subject of research excavations since 1987, carried out by Cardiff university. One is a nearly circular double enclosure that straddles the present Kennet, the other is a larger elliptical enclosure. The character of the palisades, their construction, the finds and the radiocarbon dates are fully reported. Very importantly there is an extensive discussion of the interpretation of Silbury Hill and the enclosures and of their relation to each other and to the other features of the Neolithic landscape: the Sanctuary, the West Kennet Avenue and Avebury itself.}, author = {Alasdair Whittle}, publisher = {Oxbow Books}, title = {Sacred Mound, Holy Rings: Silbury Hill and the West Kennet palisade enclosures: a Later Neolithic complex in north Wiltshire}, url = {http://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctv2p7j5nt}, urldate = {2023-05-14}, year = {1997} } - C. Tilley, An ethnography of the neolithic: early prehistoric societies in southern scandinavia, Cambridge university press, 1996.
[BibTeX]@book{tilley1996ethnography, author = {Tilley, C.}, isbn = {9780521560962}, lccn = {lc95038470}, note = {midgley-key:Tilley1996}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, series = {New Studies in Archaeology}, title = {An Ethnography of the Neolithic: Early Prehistoric Societies in Southern Scandinavia}, year = {1996} } - C. Jones, Temples of stone : exploring the megalithic monuments of ireland, The collins press, wilton, ireland, 2013.
[BibTeX]@book{Jones2013, author = {Carleton Jones}, isbn = {9781848891678}, publisher = {The Collins Press, Wilton, Ireland}, title = {Temples of Stone : Exploring the Megalithic Monuments of Ireland}, year = {2013} } - V. Cummings and A. Whittle, “Tombs with a view: landscape, monuments and trees,” Antiquity, vol. 77, iss. 296, p. 255–266, 2003. doi:10.1017/S0003598X00092255
[BibTeX]@article{CummingsWhittle2003, author = {Cummings, Vicki and Whittle, Alasdair}, doi = {10.1017/S0003598X00092255}, journal = {Antiquity}, number = {296}, pages = {255–266}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Tombs with a view: landscape, monuments and trees}, volume = {77}, year = {2003} } - D. Wheatley, “Cumulative viewshed analysis: a gis-based method for investigating intervisibility, and its archaeological application,” Archaeology and geographical information systems: a european perspective, p. 171–185, 1995.
[BibTeX]@article{wheatley1995cumulative, author = {Wheatley, David}, journal = {Archaeology and geographical information systems: a European perspective}, pages = {171--185}, publisher = {Taylor and Francis London}, title = {Cumulative viewshed analysis: a GIS-based method for investigating intervisibility, and its archaeological application}, year = {1995} } - C. Roughley, “The neolithic landscape of the carnac region, brittany: new insights from digital approaches,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 70, pp. 153-172, 2014. doi:10.1017/S0079497X00001158
[BibTeX]@article{Roughley2014, author = {Roughley, Corinne}, doi = {10.1017/S0079497X00001158}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, month = {01}, pages = {153-172}, title = {The Neolithic Landscape of the Carnac Region, Brittany: New Insights from Digital Approaches}, volume = {70}, year = {2014} } - V. Cummings and A. Whittle, Places of special virtue: megaliths in the neolithic landscapes of wales, Oxbow books, 2004, vol. 16.
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
This volume explores the landscape settings of megalithic chambered monuments in Wales. Set against a broader theoretical discussion on the significance of the landscape, the authors consider the role of visual landscapes in prehistory, meanings attached to the landscape, and the values and beliefs invested in it. Wales is rich in Neolithic monuments, but the general absence of certain classic monumental forms found in the rest of Britain and Ireland, such as causewayed enclosures, henges, and cursus monuments, seems to have marginalized the Welsh record from many wider discussions on the Neolithic. Instead of seeing Wales as an area which lacks many of these ‘classic’ components, Cummings and Whittle argue that Wales has its own unique and individual Neolithic which is simply different from the Neolithic found further to the east. It is suggested that this difference may relate to an essentially mobile existence, with strong links back to the Mesolithic period. The authors present three detailed case studies, examining the settings of sites in southwest, northwest and southeast Wales. They outline the history of research for each region, including the previous classification of the monuments and any excavations, and describe the specific landscape settings of the monuments. They assess the significance of a variety of landscape features which would have been visible from the monuments, in particular emphasizing the mythological and symbolic significance of the sea, rivers and mountains. An illustrated inventory of sites completes the volume.
@book{Cummings2004, abstract = {This volume explores the landscape settings of megalithic chambered monuments in Wales. Set against a broader theoretical discussion on the significance of the landscape, the authors consider the role of visual landscapes in prehistory, meanings attached to the landscape, and the values and beliefs invested in it. Wales is rich in Neolithic monuments, but the general absence of certain classic monumental forms found in the rest of Britain and Ireland, such as causewayed enclosures, henges, and cursus monuments, seems to have marginalized the Welsh record from many wider discussions on the Neolithic. Instead of seeing Wales as an area which lacks many of these 'classic' components, Cummings and Whittle argue that Wales has its own unique and individual Neolithic which is simply different from the Neolithic found further to the east. It is suggested that this difference may relate to an essentially mobile existence, with strong links back to the Mesolithic period. The authors present three detailed case studies, examining the settings of sites in southwest, northwest and southeast Wales. They outline the history of research for each region, including the previous classification of the monuments and any excavations, and describe the specific landscape settings of the monuments. They assess the significance of a variety of landscape features which would have been visible from the monuments, in particular emphasizing the mythological and symbolic significance of the sea, rivers and mountains. An illustrated inventory of sites completes the volume.}, author = {Vicki Cummings and Alasdair Whittle}, isbn = {9781842171080}, publisher = {Oxbow Books}, title = {Places of Special Virtue: Megaliths in the Neolithic landscapes of Wales}, url = {http://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctvh1djh5}, urldate = {2023-06-03}, volume = {16}, year = {2004} } - G. Woltermann, “Die prähistorischen bernsteinartefakte aus deutschland vom paläolithikum bis zur bronzezeit,” Bonn: dr. rudolf habelt gmbh, 2016.
[BibTeX]@article{Woltermann2016, author = {Woltermann, Gisela}, journal = {Bonn: Dr. Rudolf Habelt GmbH}, title = {Die pr{\"a}historischen Bernsteinartefakte aus Deutschland vom Pal{\"a}olithikum bis zur Bronzezeit}, year = {2016} } - G. Woltermann, “Bernstein in der norddeutschen trichterbecherkultur – amber in the north german funnel beaker culture,” Die kunde zeitschrift für niedersächsische archäologie, 2015.
[BibTeX]@article{Woltermann2015, author = {Woltermann, Gisela}, journal = {Die Kunde Zeitschrift für niedersächsische Archäologie}, month = {01}, title = {Bernstein in der norddeutschen Trichterbecherkultur – Amber in the North German Funnel Beaker Culture}, year = {2015} } - K. H. Brandt, Studien über steinerne äxte und beile der jüngeren steinzeit und der stein-kupferzeit nordwestdeutschlands, A. lax, 1967.
[BibTeX]@book{brandt1967, author = {Brandt, Karl Heinz}, publisher = {A. Lax}, title = {Studien {\"u}ber steinerne {\"A}xte und Beile der j{\"u}ngeren Steinzeit und der Stein-Kupferzeit Nordwestdeutschlands}, year = {1967} } - M. S. Midgley, Trb culture. the first farmers of the north european plain., United Kingdom: Edinburgh university press, 1992.
[BibTeX]@book{Midgley1992, address = {United Kingdom}, author = {Magdalena Stefania Midgley}, language = {English}, publisher = {Edinburgh University Press}, title = {TRB Culture. The First Farmers of the North European Plain.}, year = {1992} } - J. Thomas and C. F. Tilley, “The axe and the torso: symbolic structures in the neolithic of brittany,” in Interpretative archaeology, 1994.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@inproceedings{Thomas1994, author = {Julian Thomas and Christopher F. Tilley}, booktitle = {Interpretative Archaeology}, editor = {Christopher Tilley}, title = {The Axe and the Torso: Symbolic Structures in the Neolithic of Brittany}, url = {https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:219756002}, year = {1994} } - M. Rech, Studien zu depotfunden der trichterbecher- und einzelgrabkultur des nordens, K. wachholtz, 1979.
[BibTeX]@book{Rech1979, author = {Rech, M.}, isbn = {9783529011399}, lccn = {85857916}, publisher = {K. Wachholtz}, series = {Offa-B{\"u}cher}, title = {Studien zu Depotfunden der Trichterbecher- und Einzelgrabkultur des Nordens}, year = {1979} } - A. Whittle, “Gifts from the earth : symbolic dimensions of the use and production of neolithic flint and stone axes / alasdair whittle.,” Archaeologia polona, vol. 33, 1995.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Whittle1995, author = {Alasdair Whittle}, journal = {Archaeologia Polona}, title = {Gifts from the earth : symbolic dimensions of the use and production of Neolithic flint and stone axes / Alasdair Whittle.}, url = {https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:161881389}, volume = {33}, year = {1995} } - S. Cassen, C. Boujot, M. Errera, M. Dominique, D. Menier, P. Yvan, P. Pétrequin, P. Sandy, V. Elisabeth, and V. Emmanuelle, “Discovery of an underwater deposit of neolithic polished axeheads of jadeitite and fibrolite, and a submerged stone alignment, on the beach of petit rohu near saint-pierre-quiberon (morbihan, france),” Antiquity, vol. 82, 2008.
[BibTeX]@article{Cassen2008, author = {Cassen, Serge and Boujot, Christine and Errera, Michel and Dominique, Marguerie and Menier, David and Yvan, Pailler and Pétrequin, Pierre and Sandy, Poirier and Elisabeth, Veyrat and Emmanuelle, Vigier}, journal = {Antiquity}, month = {06}, title = {Discovery of an underwater deposit of Neolithic polished axeheads of jadeitite and fibrolite, and a submerged stone alignment, on the beach of Petit Rohu near Saint-Pierre-Quiberon (Morbihan, France)}, volume = {82}, year = {2008} } - L. Klassen, P. Pétrequin, and S. Cassen, “The power of attraction … zur akkumulation sozial wertbesetzer alpiner artefakte im morbihan und im westlichen ostseeraum im 5. und 4. jahrtausend v.chr,” in Sozialarchäologische perspektiven: gesellschaftlicher wandel 5000 – 1500 v. chr. zwischen atlantik und kaukasus : internationale tagung, 15. – 18. oktober 2007 in kiel, S. Hansen, Ed., Darmstadt : von zabern, 2011.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Klassen2011, author = {Klassen, L. and Pétrequin, Pierre and Cassen, S.}, booktitle = {Sozialarchäologische Perspektiven: gesellschaftlicher Wandel 5000 - 1500 v. Chr. zwischen Atlantik und Kaukasus : internationale Tagung, 15. - 18. Oktober 2007 in Kiel}, editor = {Hansen, Svend}, isbn = {978-3-8053-4386-2}, month = {01}, publisher = {Darmstadt : von Zabern}, title = {The power of attraction ... Zur Akkumulation sozial wertbesetzer alpiner Artefakte im Morbihan und im westlichen Ostseeraum im 5. und 4. Jahrtausend V.Chr}, year = {2011} } - P. Claris, J. Quartermaine, and A. R. Woolley, “The neolithic quarries and axe factory sites of great langdale and scafell pike: a new field survey,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 55, iss. 1, p. 1–25, 1989. doi:10.1017/S0079497X00005326
[BibTeX]@article{claris_quartermaine_woolley_1989, author = {Claris, Philip and Quartermaine, James and Woolley, A. R.}, doi = {10.1017/S0079497X00005326}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, number = {1}, pages = {1–25}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {The Neolithic Quarries and Axe Factory Sites of Great Langdale and Scafell Pike: A New Field Survey}, volume = {55}, year = {1989} } - T. H. M. Clough, W. A. Cummins, and others, Stone axe studies, Council for british archaeology london, 1979.
[BibTeX]@book{clough1979stone, author = {Clough, Timothy Hatton McKenzie and Cummins, William Arthur and others}, publisher = {Council for British Archaeology London}, title = {Stone axe studies}, year = {1979} } - S. Cassen and G. Robin, “Recording art on neolithic stelae and passage tombs from digital photographs,” Journal of archaeological method and theory, vol. 17, pp. 1-14, 2010. doi:10.1007/s10816-009-9075-y
[BibTeX]@article{Cassen2010, author = {Cassen, Serge and Robin, Guillaume}, doi = {10.1007/s10816-009-9075-y}, journal = {Journal of Archaeological Method and Theory}, month = {03}, pages = {1-14}, title = {Recording Art on Neolithic Stelae and Passage Tombs from Digital Photographs}, volume = {17}, year = {2010} } - B. Edwards, “Pits and the architecture of deposition narratives of social practice in the neolithic of north-east england,” PhD Thesis, 2009.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@phdthesis{Edwards2009PitsAT, author = {Benjamin Edwards}, title = {Pits and the architecture of deposition narratives of social practice in the neolithic of North-East England}, url = {https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:126964640}, year = {2009} } - J. Beuker, “Nicht nur roter flint. die archäologische bedeutung von helgoländer plattenflint. not only red flint. the archaeological significance of heligoland flint slabs,” Die kunde. zeitschrift für niedersächsische archäologie, vol. Band 62,21-40, 2011.
[BibTeX]@article{Beuker2011, author = {Jaap Beuker}, journal = {Die Kunde. Zeitschrift für niedersächsische Archäologie}, title = {Nicht nur roter flint. Die archäologische Bedeutung von Helgoländer Plattenflint. Not Only Red Flint. The Archaeological Significance of Heligoland Flint Slabs}, volume = {Band 62,21-40}, year = {2011} } - G. O. C. von Estorff, Heidnische alterthümer der gegend von uelzen im ehemaligen bardengaue (königreich hannover)., Hannover: Hahn’sche hof-buchhandlung, 1846.
[BibTeX]@book{Estorff1846, address = {Hannover}, author = {Estorff, Georg Otto Carl von}, publisher = {Hahn’sche Hof-Buchhandlung}, title = {Heidnische Alterthümer Der Gegend Von Uelzen Im Ehemaligen Bardengaue (Königreich Hannover).}, year = {1846} } - P. Pétrequin, A. Sheridan, E. Gauthier, S. Cassen, M. Errera, and L. Klassen, “Project jade 2.‘object-signs’ and social interpretations of alpine jade axeheads in the european neolithic: theory and methodology,” Connecting networks. characterising contact by measuring lithic exchange in the european neolithic. oxford: archaeopress, p. 83–102, 2015.
[BibTeX]@article{petrequin2015project, author = {P{\'e}trequin, Pierre and Sheridan, Alison and Gauthier, Estelle and Cassen, Serge and Errera, Michel and Klassen, Lutz}, journal = {Connecting Networks. Characterising Contact by Measuring Lithic Exchange in the European Neolithic. Oxford: Archaeopress}, pages = {83--102}, title = {Project JADE 2.‘Object-signs’ and social interpretations of Alpine jade axeheads in the European Neolithic: theory and methodology}, year = {2015} } - P. Pétrequin and A. Pétrequin, “The production and circulation of alpine jade axe-heads during the european neolithic: ethnoarchaeological bases of their interpretation,” The intangible elements of culture in ethnoarchaeological research, p. 47–76, 2016.
[BibTeX]@article{petrequin2016production, author = {P{\'e}trequin, Pierre and P{\'e}trequin, Anne-Marie}, journal = {The intangible elements of culture in ethnoarchaeological research}, pages = {47--76}, publisher = {Springer}, title = {The production and circulation of Alpine jade axe-heads during the European Neolithic: Ethnoarchaeological bases of their interpretation}, year = {2016} } - C. L. N. Ruggles, Astronomy in prehistoric britain and ireland, Yale university press, 1999.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{ruggles1999astronomy, author = {Ruggles, C.L.N.}, isbn = {9780300078145}, lccn = {98040922}, publisher = {Yale University Press}, title = {Astronomy in Prehistoric Britain and Ireland}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=uWNX9oR4PPsC}, year = {1999} } - F. Prendergast, “Interpreting megalithic tomb orientation and siting within broader cultural contexts,” Journal of physics: conference series, vol. 685, iss. 1, p. 12004, 2016. doi:10.1088/1742-6596/685/1/012004
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
This paper assesses the measured axial orientations and siting of Irish passage tombs. The distribution of monuments with passages/entrances directed at related tombs/cairns is shown. Where this phenomenon occurs, the targeted structure is invariably located at a higher elevation on the skyline and this could suggest a symbolic and hierarchical relationship in their relative siting in the landscape. Additional analysis of astronomical declinations at a national scale has identified tombs with an axial alignment towards the rising and setting positions of the Sun at the winter and summer solstices. A criteria-based framework is developed which potentially allows for these types of data to be more meaningfully considered and culturally interpreted within broader archaeological and social anthropological contexts.
@article{Prendergast2016, abstract = {This paper assesses the measured axial orientations and siting of Irish passage tombs. The distribution of monuments with passages/entrances directed at related tombs/cairns is shown. Where this phenomenon occurs, the targeted structure is invariably located at a higher elevation on the skyline and this could suggest a symbolic and hierarchical relationship in their relative siting in the landscape. Additional analysis of astronomical declinations at a national scale has identified tombs with an axial alignment towards the rising and setting positions of the Sun at the winter and summer solstices. A criteria-based framework is developed which potentially allows for these types of data to be more meaningfully considered and culturally interpreted within broader archaeological and social anthropological contexts.}, author = {Frank Prendergast}, doi = {10.1088/1742-6596/685/1/012004}, journal = {Journal of Physics: Conference Series}, month = {jan}, number = {1}, pages = {012004}, publisher = {IOP Publishing}, title = {Interpreting megalithic tomb orientation and siting within broader cultural contexts}, url = {https://dx.doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/685/1/012004}, volume = {685}, year = {2016} } - F. Prendergast, M. O’Sullivan, K. Williams, and G. Cooney, “Facing the sun,” Archaeology ireland, vol. 31, iss. 4, p. 10–17, 2017.
[BibTeX]@article{prendergast2017facing, author = {Prendergast, Frank and O’Sullivan, Muiris and Williams, Ken and Cooney, Gabriel}, journal = {Archaeology Ireland}, number = {4}, pages = {10--17}, publisher = {JSTOR}, title = {Facing the sun}, volume = {31}, year = {2017} } - A. Burl, Prehistoric astronomy and ritual (shire archaeology, Shire publication ltd., 2005.
[BibTeX]@book{Burl2005, author = {Aubrey Burl}, isbn = {0747806144}, publisher = {Shire publication Ltd.}, title = {Prehistoric Astronomy and Ritual (Shire Archaeology}, year = {2005} } - G. S. Hawkins, “Stonehenge: a neolithic computer,” Nature, vol. 202, iss. 4939, p. 1258–1261, 1964.
[BibTeX]@article{hawkins1964stonehenge, author = {Hawkins, Gerald S}, journal = {Nature}, number = {4939}, pages = {1258--1261}, publisher = {Nature Publishing Group UK London}, title = {Stonehenge: a Neolithic computer}, volume = {202}, year = {1964} } - M. Péquart, C. Jullian, S. J. Péquart, and Z. L. Rouzic, , Impr. et libr. berger-levrault, 18, rue des glacis, 1927.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{pequart1927corpus, author = {P{\'e}quart, M. and Jullian, C. and P{\'e}quart, S.J. and Rouzic, Z.L.}, publisher = {Impr. et libr. Berger-Levrault, 18, rue des Glacis}, url = {https://archive.org/details/corpusdessignesg00pq/page/n5/mode/2up}, year = {1927} } - A. Bayliss, A. Whittle, and M. Wysocki, “Talking about my generation: the date of the west kennet long barrow,” Cambridge archaeological journal, vol. 17, iss. S1, pp. 85-101, 2007. doi:10.1017/s0959774307000182
[BibTeX]@article{Bayliss2007, author = {Bayliss, Alex and Whittle, Alasdair and Wysocki, Michael}, doi = {10.1017/s0959774307000182}, journal = {Cambridge Archaeological Journal}, month = {1}, number = {S1}, pages = {85-101}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press (CUP)}, title = {Talking About My Generation: the Date of the West Kennet Long Barrow}, volume = {17}, year = {2007} } - T. Garnham, Lines on the landscape, circles from the sky: monuments of neolithic orkney, Tempus, 2004.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{garnham2004lines, author = {Garnham, T.}, isbn = {9780752431147}, publisher = {Tempus}, series = {Revealing history}, title = {Lines on the Landscape, Circles from the Sky: Monuments of Neolithic Orkney}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=qK8VAQAAIAAJ}, year = {2004} } - T. Darvill, “Keeping time at stonehenge,” Antiquity, vol. 96, iss. 386, pp. 319-335, 2022. doi:10.15184/aqy.2022.5
[BibTeX]@article{Darvill2022, author = {Darvill, Timothy}, doi = {10.15184/aqy.2022.5}, journal = {Antiquity}, month = {3}, number = {386}, pages = {319-335}, publisher = {Antiquity Publications}, title = {Keeping time at Stonehenge}, volume = {96}, year = {2022} } - R. Hutton, The stations of the sun: a history of the ritual year in britain, Oxford: Oxford university press, 1996.
[BibTeX]@book{Hutton1996, address = {Oxford}, author = {Hutton, R}, isbn = {0-19-820570-8}, publisher = {Oxford University Press}, title = {The stations of the sun: a history of the ritual year in Britain}, year = {1996} } - H. Zimmer, Philosophies of india, J. Campbell, Ed., Princeton: Princeton univ. press, 1969.
[BibTeX]@book{Zimmer1969, address = {Princeton}, author = {Zimmer, Heinrich}, editor = {Campbell, Joseph}, isbn = {0-691-01758-1}, number = {9}, publisher = {Princeton Univ. Press}, title = {Philosophies of India}, year = {1969} } - M. R. Bradley and R. Bradley, Rock art and the prehistory of atlantic europe: signing the land, Routledge, 1997.
[BibTeX]@book{bradley2002rock, author = {Bradley, Mr Richard and Bradley, Richard}, isbn = {0415165350}, publisher = {Routledge}, title = {Rock art and the prehistory of Atlantic Europe: signing the land}, year = {1997} } - R. Bradley, “Darkness and light in the design of megalithic tombs,” Oxford journal of archaeology, vol. 8, pp. 251-259, 1989. doi:10.1111/j.1468-0092.1989.tb00205.x
[BibTeX]@article{BRADLEY1989a, author = {Richard Bradley}, doi = {10.1111/j.1468-0092.1989.tb00205.x}, journal = {Oxford Journal of Archaeology}, month = {05}, pages = {251 - 259}, title = {Darkness and light in the design of megalithic tombs}, volume = {8}, year = {1989} } - S. Cassen, “The possessed object, its representation: put intogeneral context with steles and engravings,” in Jadegreat alpine axesfrom the european neolithic. ve and ive millennia bc ad, Presses universitaires de franche-comté, 2012.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Cassen2012, author = {Serge Cassen}, booktitle = {JADEGreat Alpine Axesfrom the European Neolithic. Ve and IVe millennia BC AD}, publisher = {Presses Universitaires de Franche-Comté}, title = {The possessed object, its representation: put intogeneral context with steles and engravings}, year = {2012} } - V. Cummings, The neolithic of britain and ireland, Taylor & francis, 2017.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{cummings2017neolithic, author = {Cummings, V.}, isbn = {9781317514275}, publisher = {Taylor \& Francis}, series = {Routledge Archaeology of Northern Europe}, title = {The Neolithic of Britain and Ireland}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=kUAlDwAAQBAJ}, year = {2017} } - E. Sprockhoff, Die nordische Megalithkultur, Degruyter, 1938.
[BibTeX]@book{Sprockhoff1938, author = {Sprockhoff, Ernst}, publisher = {deGruyter}, title = {{D}ie nordische {M}egalithkultur}, year = {1938} } - C. Fowler, J. Harding, and D. Hofmann, The oxford handbook of neolithic europe, Oup oxford, 2015.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{fowler2015oxford, author = {Fowler, C. and Harding, J. and Hofmann, D.}, isbn = {9780191666889}, publisher = {OUP Oxford}, series = {Oxford Handbooks}, title = {The Oxford Handbook of Neolithic Europe}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=2PAkBwAAQBAJ}, year = {2015} } - T. Trebeß, “Rotsandstein im grabbau des neolithikums und der bronzezeit in nordostdeutschland,” in Rot – die archäologie bekennt farbe. 5. mitteldeutscher archäologentag vom 4. bis 6. oktober 2012 in halle (saale), 2013.
[BibTeX]@inproceedings{Trebess2013, author = {Torsten Trebeß}, booktitle = {Rot - Die Archäologie bekennt Farbe. 5. Mitteldeutscher Archäologentag vom 4. bis 6. Oktober 2012 in Halle (Saale)}, editor = {H. Meller, C. Wunderlich, F. Knoll}, number = {10}, series = {Tagungen des Landesmuseums für Vorgeschichte Halle}, title = {Rotsandstein im Grabbau des Neolithikums und der Bronzezeit in Nordostdeutschland}, year = {2013} } - T. Darvill, “Fifty shades of red: the basic colour category red in the monuments and material culture of neolithic and bronze age communities in atlantic northwest europe,” in Rot – die archäologie bekennt farbe. 5. mitteldeutscher archäologentag vom 4. bis 6. oktober 2012 in halle (saale), 2013.
[BibTeX]@inproceedings{Darvill2013, author = {Timothy Darvill}, booktitle = {Rot - Die Archäologie bekennt Farbe. 5. Mitteldeutscher Archäologentag vom 4. bis 6. Oktober 2012 in Halle (Saale)}, editor = {H. Meller, C. Wunderlich, F. Knoll}, number = {10}, series = {Tagungen des Landesmuseums für Vorgeschichte Halle}, title = {Fifty shades of red: The basic colour category red in the monuments and material culture of Neolithic and Bronze Age communities in Atlantic Northwest Europe}, year = {2013} } - F. M. Lynch, “Colour in prehistoric architecture,” in Prehistoricritual and religion. essays in honour of aubrey burl (gloucester 1998), , 1998, pp. 62-67.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Lynch1998, author = {F. M. Lynch}, booktitle = {Prehistoricritual and religion. Essays in honour of Aubrey Burl (Gloucester 1998)}, pages = {62-67}, title = {Colour in prehistoric architecture}, year = {1998} } - G. C. F. Lisch, “Über die rothen sandsteine in heidnischen gräbern,” in Mecklenburgische jahrb., , 1846, vol. 11, p. 343–344..
[BibTeX]@incollection{Lisch1846, author = {G.C. F. Lisch}, booktitle = {Mecklenburgische Jahrb.}, pages = {343–344.}, title = {Über die rothen Sandsteine in heidnischen Gräbern}, volume = {11}, year = {1846} } - V. Turner, The forest of symbols: aspects of Ndembu ritual, , 1967.
[BibTeX]@book{Turner1967, author = {Turner, Victor}, journal = {Cornell UP}, title = {{T}he forest of symbols: aspects of {N}dembu ritual}, year = {1967} } - C. Renfrew, Archaeology and language: the puzzle of Indo-European origins, Penguin, 1990.
[BibTeX]@book{Renfrew1990, author = {Colin Renfrew}, publisher = {Penguin}, title = {Archaeology and language: the puzzle of {I}ndo-{E}uropean origins}, year = {1990} } - J. P. Mallory and D. Q. Adams, The Oxford Introduction to Proto-Indo-European and the Proto-Indo-European World, Oxford university press, 2006. doi:10.1093/oso/9780199287918.001.0001
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
{This book introduces Proto-Indo-European, describes how it was reconstructed from its descendant languages, and shows what it reveals about the people who spoke it between 5,500 and 8,000 years ago. Using related evidence from archaeology and natural history the authors explore the lives, thoughts, passions, culture, society, economy, history, and environment of the Proto-Indo-Europeans. They include chapters on fauna, flora, family and kinship, clothing and textiles, food and drink, space and time, emotions, mythology, and religion, and describe the quest to discover the Proto-Indo-European homeland.}
@book{Mallory2006, abstract = {{This book introduces Proto-Indo-European, describes how it was reconstructed from its descendant languages, and shows what it reveals about the people who spoke it between 5,500 and 8,000 years ago. Using related evidence from archaeology and natural history the authors explore the lives, thoughts, passions, culture, society, economy, history, and environment of the Proto-Indo-Europeans. They include chapters on fauna, flora, family and kinship, clothing and textiles, food and drink, space and time, emotions, mythology, and religion, and describe the quest to discover the Proto-Indo-European homeland.}}, author = {Mallory, J P and Adams, D Q}, doi = {10.1093/oso/9780199287918.001.0001}, isbn = {9780199287918}, month = {01}, publisher = {Oxford University Press}, title = {{The Oxford Introduction to Proto-Indo-European and the Proto-Indo-European World}}, url = {https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780199287918.001.0001}, year = {2006} } - N. Card, “The ness of brodgar: more than a stone circle,” Br. archaeol, vol. 128, pp. 14-21, 2013.
[BibTeX]@article{Card2013, author = {Card, Nick}, journal = {Br. Archaeol}, month = {01}, pages = {14-21}, title = {The Ness of Brodgar: more than a stone circle}, volume = {128}, year = {2013} } - T. Dehn and S. Hansen, “Birch bark in danish passage graves,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 14, pp. 23-44, 2006. doi:10.1080/0108464X.2006.10590109
[BibTeX]@Article{Dehn2006c, author = {Dehn, Torben and Hansen, Svend}, title = {Birch bark in Danish passage graves}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, year = {2006}, volume = {14}, pages = {23-44}, month = {11}, doi = {10.1080/0108464X.2006.10590109}, } - M. Stromberg and H. Hjelmqvist, Der dolmen trollasten in st. kopinge, schonen, Rudolf habelt verlag, 1968.
[BibTeX]@book{stromberg1968, author = {Stromberg, Marta and Hjelmqvist, Hakon}, note = {midgley-key:Stromberg1968}, publisher = {Rudolf Habelt Verlag}, title = {Der Dolmen Trollasten in St. Kopinge, Schonen}, year = {1968} } - Wikipedia, Liste der norddeutschen megalithanlagen nach sprockhoff-nummer.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@misc{wikipedia_sprockliste, author = {Wikipedia}, title = {Liste der norddeutschen Megalithanlagen nach Sprockhoff-Nummer}, url = {https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Liste_der_norddeutschen_Megalithanlagen_nach_Sprockhoff-Nummer}, urldate = {2026-04-24} } - L. Larsson, “The passage of axes: fire transformation of flint objects in the neolithic of southern sweden,” Antiquity, vol. 74, pp. 602-610, 2000. doi:10.1017/S0003598X00059962
[BibTeX]@article{Larsson2000, author = {Larsson, Lars}, doi = {10.1017/S0003598X00059962}, journal = {Antiquity}, month = {09}, pages = {602-610}, title = {The passage of axes: Fire transformation of flint objects in the Neolithic of southern Sweden}, volume = {74}, year = {2000} } - L. Larsson, “Stensborg – mass destruction of axes and cereals reflecting southern contacts of the funnel beaker societies in southern sweden.” 2020.
[BibTeX]@inproceedings{Larsson2020, author = {Larsson, Lars}, month = {04}, title = {Stensborg – Mass destruction of axes and cereals reflecting southern contacts of the Funnel Beaker societies in southern Sweden}, year = {2020} } - L. Larsson, “Flint use in ritual contexts.” 2020.
[BibTeX]@inproceedings{Larsson2020a, author = {Larsson, Lars}, month = {04}, title = {Flint use in ritual contexts}, year = {2020} } - B. Schulz Paulsson, “Radiocarbon dates and bayesian modeling support maritime diffusion model for megaliths in europe,” Proceedings of the national academy of sciences, vol. 116, p. 201813268, 2019. doi:10.1073/pnas.1813268116
[BibTeX]@article{SchulzPaulsson2019, author = {Schulz Paulsson, Bettina}, doi = {10.1073/pnas.1813268116}, journal = {Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences}, month = {02}, pages = {201813268}, title = {Radiocarbon dates and Bayesian modeling support maritime diffusion model for megaliths in Europe}, volume = {116}, year = {2019} } - R. Joussaume, Dolmens for the dead: megalith-building throughout the world, Cornell university press, 1988.
[BibTeX]@book{joussaume1988dolmens, author = {Joussaume, Roger}, journal = {(No Title)}, publisher = {Cornell University Press}, title = {Dolmens for the Dead: Megalith-building throughout the World}, year = {1988} } - C. Scarre, Landscapes of neolithic brittany, Oxford university press, 2011.
[BibTeX]@book{scarre2011landscapes, author = {Scarre, Chris}, publisher = {Oxford University Press}, title = {Landscapes of neolithic Brittany}, year = {2011} } - E. S. Twohig, Irish megalithic tombs, Bloomsbury usa, 2008.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{twohig2008irish, author = {Twohig, Elizabeth Shee}, isbn = {9780747805984}, publisher = {Bloomsbury USA}, series = {Shire Archaeology}, title = {Irish Megalithic Tombs}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=BeMuvgAACAAJ}, year = {2008} } - B. Schulz Paulsson, Time and stone: the emergence and development of megaliths and megalithic societies in europe, Archaeopress, 2017.
[BibTeX]@book{schulz2017time, author = {Schulz Paulsson, Bettina}, publisher = {Archaeopress}, title = {Time and stone: the emergence and development of megaliths and megalithic societies in Europe}, year = {2017} } - C. Barker, “The long mounds of the avebury region,” Wiltshire archaeological and natural history magazine, vol. 79, p. 7–38, 1985.
[BibTeX]@article{barker1985long, author = {Barker, CT}, journal = {Wiltshire Archaeological and Natural History Magazine}, note = {pdf copy under "\\Noddy\data2\documents\megalithic-resources\books_articles\excavation-reports\avebury_longsmounds.pdf"}, pages = {7--38}, title = {The long mounds of the Avebury region}, volume = {79}, year = {1985} } - K. Sjögren, “Mortuary practices, bodies, and persons in northern europe,” in The oxford handbook of neolithic europe, Oxford university press, 2015. doi:10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199545841.013.017
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
This chapter provides a brief overview of practices involving human remains during the period c. 4000–2200 BC in northern Europe, with an emphasis on Denmark and southern Sweden. Finds of human bones come from a number of different contexts, such as monumental and earthen graves, mortuary houses, bog finds, causewayed camps, and settlements. Some of these remains may be the product of specific stages in extended mortuary processes, while others probably result from different kinds of practices. The interpretation of megalithic tombs as ossuaries is reviewed critically, and an alternative interpretation, primary burial with subsequent handling of selected bones, is preferred. Recent evidence from eastern Sweden, indicating more complex mortuary practices than usually envisaged for the middle Neolithic in this area, is discussed briefly. This includes the practice of cremation, indications of secondary burial, and the discovery of probable mortuary houses.
@incollection{Sjoegren15, abstract = {This chapter provides a brief overview of practices involving human remains during the period c. 4000–2200 BC in northern Europe, with an emphasis on Denmark and southern Sweden. Finds of human bones come from a number of different contexts, such as monumental and earthen graves, mortuary houses, bog finds, causewayed camps, and settlements. Some of these remains may be the product of specific stages in extended mortuary processes, while others probably result from different kinds of practices. The interpretation of megalithic tombs as ossuaries is reviewed critically, and an alternative interpretation, primary burial with subsequent handling of selected bones, is preferred. Recent evidence from eastern Sweden, indicating more complex mortuary practices than usually envisaged for the middle Neolithic in this area, is discussed briefly. This includes the practice of cremation, indications of secondary burial, and the discovery of probable mortuary houses.}, author = {Sjögren, Karl-Göran}, booktitle = {The Oxford Handbook of Neolithic Europe}, doi = {10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199545841.013.017}, eprint = {https://academic.oup.com/book/0/chapter/298824689/chapter-ag-pdf/44507134/book\_35019\_section\_298824689.ag.pdf}, isbn = {9780199545841}, month = {03}, publisher = {Oxford University Press}, title = {Mortuary Practices, Bodies, and Persons in Northern Europe}, url = {https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199545841.013.017}, year = {2015} } - C. Malone and D. Barrowclough, Cult in context: reconsidering ritual in archaeology, Oxbow books, 2010.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{malone2010cult, author = {Malone, C. and Barrowclough, D.}, isbn = {9781782974963}, publisher = {Oxbow Books}, title = {Cult in Context: Reconsidering Ritual in Archaeology}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=6aamAwAAQBAJ}, year = {2010} } - O. Galor and O. Moav, “The neolithic revolution and contemporary variations in life expectancy,” , 2007.
[BibTeX]@article{Galor2007, author = {Galor, Oded and Moav, Omer}, month = {02}, title = {The Neolithic Revolution and Contemporary Variations in Life Expectancy}, year = {2007} } - N. Fortidsminder, L. Sparrevoh, O. Thirup, K. Poul, and P. O. Nielsen, “The development of the two-aisled longhouse in the neolithic and early bronze age. in houses for the living. two-aisled houses from the neolithic and early bronze age in denmark. edited by l.r. sparrevohn, o.t. kastholm and p.o. nielsen. nordiske fortidsmider vol. 31:1, the royal society of northern antiquaries, copenhagen, 2019, p. 9-50.,” , 2020.
[BibTeX]@article{Fortidsminder2020, author = {Fortidsminder, Nordiske and Sparrevoh, Lotte and Thirup, Ole and Poul, Kastholm and Nielsen, Poul Otto}, month = {09}, title = {The development of the two-aisled longhouse in the Neolithic and Early Bronze Age. In Houses for the Living. Two-aisled houses from the Neolithic and Early Bronze Age in Denmark. EDITED BY L.R. Sparrevohn, O.T. Kastholm and P.O. Nielsen. Nordiske Fortidsmider vol. 31:1, The Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries, Copenhagen, 2019, p. 9-50.}, year = {2020} } - M. Mennenga, Zwischen elbe und ems: die siedlungen der trichterbecherkultur in nordwestdeutschland, In kommission verlag dr. rudolf habelt gmbh, 2017.
[BibTeX]@book{mennenga2017zwischen, author = {Mennenga, Moritz}, publisher = {in Kommission Verlag Dr. Rudolf Habelt GmbH}, title = {Zwischen Elbe und Ems: die Siedlungen der Trichterbecherkultur in Nordwestdeutschland}, year = {2017} } - Großsteingräber in niedersachsen, H. Schirnig, Ed., August lax, hildesheim, 1979.
[BibTeX]@book{Schirnig1979, editor = {Heinz Schirnig}, isbn = {ISBN 10: 3784812244 / ISBN 13: 9783784812243}, publisher = {August Lax, Hildesheim}, title = {Großsteingräber in Niedersachsen}, year = {1979} } - J. Smyth, Settlement in the irish neolithic: new discoveries at the edge of europe, Oxbow books, 2014.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{smyth2014settlement, author = {Smyth, J.}, isbn = {9781842174975}, lccn = {2014010177}, publisher = {Oxbow Books}, series = {PREHISTORIC SOCIETY RESEARCH PAPERS}, title = {Settlement in the Irish Neolithic: New discoveries at the edge of Europe}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=-BlvBQAAQBAJ}, year = {2014} } - P. Halstead, “Forest clearance and land use by early farmers in europe: insights from north greek oral history,” Quaternary international, vol. 496, pp. 42-50, 2018. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.quaint.2017.04.010
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
European prehistorians have long debated whether Neolithic farmers, especially in temperate central and northern Europe, exploited cleared woodland for short-term ‘slash-and-burn’ crop husbandry or for cultivation of ‘permanent’ gardens/fields. Because empirical evidence was scarce and rather indirect, circumstantial arguments based on the relative costs and benefits of the two rival regimes have hitherto dominated this debate, but more direct archaeobotanical proxies for Neolithic crop husbandry (based on weed ecology and crop isotopes) now favour the predominance of intensively cultivated permanent plots. At the same time, it is argued from ongoing experimental cultivation at Forchtenberg in southern Germany that short-term slash-and-burn husbandry offers much better returns on both land and labour, at least on poor soils marginal for Neolithic cereals. This paper presents oral historical evidence for mid-twentieth century clearance and subsequent long-term cultivation of mixed deciduous woodland in the Pieria region of northern Greece. These data extend the sparse European ethnographic and historical record of manual clearance for crop husbandry to deciduous woodland of the northern Mediterranean, while also providing comparative material against which to evaluate experimental results. Pierian farmers achieved good cereal yields for many years on cleared woodland, with very limited use of fire, demonstrating the viability of a permanent-cultivation regime for early farmers in the north Mediterranean, but suitable land was scarce in Pieria and informants had no experience of the alternative slash-and-burn regime. Conversely, the Forchtenberg experiments have effectively tested only the slash-and-burn regime under soil pH conditions hostile to successful long-term cultivation. Evaluation of these experiments in the light of the Pierian data suggests that long-term cultivation of cleared woodland would have offered Neolithic famers better returns than slash and burn under good or neutral soil conditions. Comparison of the likely returns of the two rival regimes thus offers no grounds for questioning archaeobotanical indications of Neolithic permanent cultivation. The Pierian and Forchtenberg data agree, however, in suggesting that the time elapsed between clearance and reliable grain harvests, under either regime, may have been long enough to pose a significant challenge to the survival of pioneer Neolithic farmers, especially if these were colonists settling beyond ‘commuting’ distance from their previous homes.
@article{HALSTEAD201842, abstract = {European prehistorians have long debated whether Neolithic farmers, especially in temperate central and northern Europe, exploited cleared woodland for short-term ‘slash-and-burn’ crop husbandry or for cultivation of ‘permanent’ gardens/fields. Because empirical evidence was scarce and rather indirect, circumstantial arguments based on the relative costs and benefits of the two rival regimes have hitherto dominated this debate, but more direct archaeobotanical proxies for Neolithic crop husbandry (based on weed ecology and crop isotopes) now favour the predominance of intensively cultivated permanent plots. At the same time, it is argued from ongoing experimental cultivation at Forchtenberg in southern Germany that short-term slash-and-burn husbandry offers much better returns on both land and labour, at least on poor soils marginal for Neolithic cereals. This paper presents oral historical evidence for mid-twentieth century clearance and subsequent long-term cultivation of mixed deciduous woodland in the Pieria region of northern Greece. These data extend the sparse European ethnographic and historical record of manual clearance for crop husbandry to deciduous woodland of the northern Mediterranean, while also providing comparative material against which to evaluate experimental results. Pierian farmers achieved good cereal yields for many years on cleared woodland, with very limited use of fire, demonstrating the viability of a permanent-cultivation regime for early farmers in the north Mediterranean, but suitable land was scarce in Pieria and informants had no experience of the alternative slash-and-burn regime. Conversely, the Forchtenberg experiments have effectively tested only the slash-and-burn regime under soil pH conditions hostile to successful long-term cultivation. Evaluation of these experiments in the light of the Pierian data suggests that long-term cultivation of cleared woodland would have offered Neolithic famers better returns than slash and burn under good or neutral soil conditions. Comparison of the likely returns of the two rival regimes thus offers no grounds for questioning archaeobotanical indications of Neolithic permanent cultivation. The Pierian and Forchtenberg data agree, however, in suggesting that the time elapsed between clearance and reliable grain harvests, under either regime, may have been long enough to pose a significant challenge to the survival of pioneer Neolithic farmers, especially if these were colonists settling beyond ‘commuting’ distance from their previous homes.}, author = {Paul Halstead}, doi = {https://doi.org/10.1016/j.quaint.2017.04.010}, issn = {1040-6182}, journal = {Quaternary International}, keywords = {Forest clearance, Slash-and-burn, Permanent garden, Neolithic cultivation, Pieria, North Greece, Oral history}, note = {The Neolithic of Northern Greece and the Balkans – the environmental context of cultural transformation}, pages = {42-50}, title = {Forest clearance and land use by early farmers in Europe: Insights from north Greek oral history}, url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1040618217301763}, volume = {496}, year = {2018} } - T. Taylor, The prehistory of sex: four million years of human sexual culture, Fourth estate, 1996.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{taylor1996prehistory, author = {Taylor, T.}, isbn = {9781857023527}, lccn = {96010803}, publisher = {Fourth Estate}, title = {The Prehistory of Sex: Four Million Years of Human Sexual Culture}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=F20iAQAAMAAJ}, year = {1996} } - C. Malone, English heritage book of avebury, Batsford, 1989.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{malone1989english, author = {Malone, C.}, isbn = {9780713459593}, lccn = {gb89032168}, publisher = {Batsford}, series = {A Batsford book}, title = {English Heritage Book of Avebury}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=6JudDyVEaxsC}, year = {1989} } - M. Eliade and P. Mairet, Images and symbols: studies in religious symbolism, Princeton university press, 2021.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{eliade2021images, author = {Eliade, M. and Mairet, P.}, isbn = {9780691238340}, publisher = {Princeton University Press}, series = {Bollingen Series}, title = {Images and Symbols: Studies in Religious Symbolism}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=wr0-EAAAQBAJ}, year = {2021} } - A. C. González-García and L. C. Ferrer, “Orientation of megalithic monuments in germany and the netherlands.” 2006.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@inproceedings{GonzalezGarcia2006, author = {Antonio C{\'e}sar Gonz{\'a}lez-Garc{\'i}a and Lourdes Costa Ferrer}, title = {Orientation of megalithic monuments in Germany and the Netherlands}, url = {https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:55848412}, year = {2006} } - J. Pokorny, Indogermanisches etymologisches wörterbuch, Bern: Francke verlag, 1959.
[BibTeX]@book{pokorny1959iew, address = {Bern}, author = {Julius Pokorny}, language = {German}, note = {2 vols.}, publisher = {Francke Verlag}, title = {Indogermanisches etymologisches W{\"o}rterbuch}, year = {1959} } - Etymologisches wörterbuch des deutschen, 2 ed., W. Pfeifer, Ed., München: Deutscher taschenbuch verlag, 1995.
[BibTeX]@book{pfeifer1995dtv, address = {M{\"u}nchen}, edition = {2}, editor = {Wolfgang Pfeifer}, note = {dtv 2520}, publisher = {Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag}, title = {Etymologisches W{\"o}rterbuch des Deutschen}, year = {1995} } - H. Krahe, Unsere ältesten flussnamen, Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 1964.
[BibTeX]@book{krahe1964flussnamen, address = {Wiesbaden}, author = {Hans Krahe}, note = {Foundational study on Old European hydronymy; identifies recurring patterns in river names across Europe (e.g., -ana, -apa) that likely derive from a pre-Indo-European substratum. Influential in discussions of substrate in Germanic regions.}, publisher = {Harrassowitz}, title = {Unsere ältesten Flussnamen}, year = {1964} } - P. R. Kitson, “British and european river names,” Transactions of the philological society, vol. 94, iss. 2, p. 73–118, 1996. doi:10.1111/j.1467-968X.1996.tb00535.x
[BibTeX]@article{kitson1996rivernames, author = {Peter R. Kitson}, doi = {10.1111/j.1467-968X.1996.tb00535.x}, journal = {Transactions of the Philological Society}, note = {Argues for a widespread non-Indo-European substrate in river names across Europe, including Germanic territories. Highlights linguistic features inconsistent with PIE phonology.}, number = {2}, pages = {73--118}, title = {British and European River Names}, volume = {94}, year = {1996} } - T. Vennemann, Europa vasconica–europa semitica, Berlin: Mouton de gruyter, 2003.
[BibTeX]@book{vennemann2003vasconica, address = {Berlin}, author = {Theo Vennemann}, note = {Presents the Vasconic substratum hypothesis, suggesting that many European river names and place names—including in Germanic areas—stem from a pre-Indo-European language family related to Basque. Widely debated but influential.}, publisher = {Mouton de Gruyter}, series = {Trends in Linguistics: Studies and Monographs 138}, title = {Europa Vasconica--Europa Semitica}, year = {2003} } - T. Vennemann, “On the rise of ‘celtic’ in western europe: an areal perspective,” in Celtic linguistics / ieithyddiaeth geltaidd, M. J. Ball, Ed., University of wales press, 1990, p. 84–109.
[BibTeX]@incollection{vennemann1990celtic, author = {Theo Vennemann}, booktitle = {Celtic Linguistics / Ieithyddiaeth Geltaidd}, editor = {Martin J. Ball}, note = {Discusses substrate influence on Celtic and Germanic languages; includes observations on river names and landscape terms as remnants of a pre-IE linguistic layer.}, pages = {84--109}, publisher = {University of Wales Press}, title = {On the Rise of ‘Celtic’ in Western Europe: An Areal Perspective}, year = {1990} } - J. Udolph, Namenkundliche studien zum germanenproblem, Berlin: Walter de gruyter, 1994.
[BibTeX]@book{udolph1994germanenproblem, address = {Berlin}, author = {Jürgen Udolph}, note = {Comprehensive study of Germanic ethnogenesis through name studies. Analyzes river names and toponyms for non-Indo-European origins; supports the idea of a linguistic substratum in northern Europe.}, publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, title = {Namenkundliche Studien zum Germanenproblem}, year = {1994} } - M. Gimbutas, The civilization of the goddess: the world of old europe, Harpersanfrancisco, 1991.
[BibTeX]@book{gimbutas1991civilization, author = {Marija Gimbutas}, isbn = {9780062503688}, note = {Argues for a pre-Indo-European “Old European” culture with lunar-based religious and calendrical systems. Suggests that Indo-European culture overlaid but did not entirely erase these older systems.}, publisher = {HarperSanFrancisco}, title = {The Civilization of the Goddess: The World of Old Europe}, year = {1991} } - M. Gimbutas, The language of the goddess, Harper & row, 1989.
[BibTeX]@book{gimbutas1989language, author = {Marija Gimbutas}, isbn = {9780062503565}, note = {Analyzes symbolic systems of Neolithic Europe, with a focus on lunar, cyclical, and fertility motifs. Argues that these systems were widespread across pre-IE Europe and influenced later ritual calendars.}, publisher = {Harper \& Row}, title = {The Language of the Goddess}, year = {1989} } - M. Witzel, The origins of the world’s mythologies, Oxford university press, 2012.
[BibTeX]@book{witzel2012mythologies, author = {Michael Witzel}, isbn = {9780199812851}, note = {Explores deep-time mythological systems across Eurasia. Traces Indo-European myth structures back to older patterns involving lunar cycles, cosmological time, and ritual, possibly rooted in substrate cultures.}, publisher = {Oxford University Press}, title = {The Origins of the World's Mythologies}, year = {2012} } - M. Witzel, “Comparison and reconstruction: language and mythology,” Mother tongue, vol. 6, p. 45–62, 2001.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{witzel2001comparison, author = {Michael Witzel}, journal = {Mother Tongue}, note = {Discusses how comparative mythology and linguistic reconstruction can reveal substrate influences, including those involving calendrical and cosmological time concepts.}, pages = {45--62}, title = {Comparison and Reconstruction: Language and Mythology}, url = {https://www.people.fas.harvard.edu/~witzel/mother.pdf}, volume = {6}, year = {2001} } - A. Andrén, Tracing old norse cosmology: the world tree, middle earth, and the sun in archaeological perspectives, Nordic academic press, 2014.
[BibTeX]@book{andrén2014cosmology, author = {Anders Andrén}, isbn = {9789185509582}, note = {Uses archaeological evidence (e.g., rock carvings, burial alignments) to reconstruct Norse cosmological thought, including solar and lunar cycles, with potential pre-IE roots.}, publisher = {Nordic Academic Press}, title = {Tracing Old Norse Cosmology: The World Tree, Middle Earth, and the Sun in Archaeological Perspectives}, year = {2014} } - K. Kristiansen and T. B. Larsson, The rise of bronze age society: travels, transmissions and transformations, Cambridge university press, 2005.
[BibTeX]@book{kristiansen2005bronzeage, author = {Kristian Kristiansen and Thomas B. Larsson}, isbn = {9780521843638}, note = {Describes Bronze Age cultural and religious transformations in Northern Europe, including symbolic uses of sun and moon in pre-Indo-European and early Indo-European societies.; midgley-key:Kristiansen2005}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {The Rise of Bronze Age Society: Travels, Transmissions and Transformations}, year = {2005} } - R. Simek, Dictionary of northern mythology, Boydell & brewer, 1993.
[BibTeX]@book{simek1993mythology, author = {Rudolf Simek}, isbn = {9780851157160}, note = {Comprehensive reference on Norse myth. Discusses month and festival names (e.g., Jól, Þorri) that may originate from non-PIE calendrical traditions.}, publisher = {Boydell \& Brewer}, title = {Dictionary of Northern Mythology}, year = {1993} } - R. B. B. P. B. R. de Philippe Gouezin Luc Laporte, “La couleur dans les monuments mégalithiques de l’ouest de la france découverte de peintures préhistoriques à barnenez (finistère) et quelques autres monuments du morbihan,” Bulletin de la société préhistorique française, 2013.
[BibTeX]@article{Gouezin2013, author = {Philippe Gouezin, Luc Laporte, Rodrigo de Balbín Behrmann, Primitiva Bueno Ramírez}, journal = {Bulletin de la Société préhistorique française}, title = {La couleur dans les monuments mégalithiques de l’Ouest de la France Découverte de peintures préhistoriques à Barnenez (Finistère) et quelques autres monuments du Morbihan}, year = {2013} } - J. McPhee, Annals of the former world, Farrar, straus and giroux, 1998.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@book{mcphee1998annals, author = {McPhee, J.}, isbn = {9780374105204}, lccn = {97039660}, publisher = {Farrar, Straus and Giroux}, series = {Annals of the Former World}, title = {Annals of the Former World}, url = {https://books.google.de/books?id=SAkJEQAAQBAJ}, year = {1998} } - J. Brück, “Ritual and rationality: some problems of interpretation in european archaeology.,” European journal of archaeology, vol. 2, iss. 3, p. 313–344, 1999.
[BibTeX]@article{Brueck99, author = {Joanna Brück}, issn = {1461-9571}, journal = {European Journal of Archaeology}, language = {English}, number = {3}, pages = {313--344}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Ritual and rationality: some problems of interpretation in European archaeology.}, volume = {2}, year = {1999} } - P. Bourdieu, Outline of a theory of practice, Cambridge: Cambridge university press, 1977.
[BibTeX]@book{Bourdieu1977Outline, address = {Cambridge}, author = {Bourdieu, Pierre}, note = {Translated by Richard Nice}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Outline of a Theory of Practice}, year = {1977} } - V. Turner, The ritual process: structure and anti-structure, Chicago: Aldine, 1969.
[BibTeX]@book{Turner1969RitualProcess, address = {Chicago}, author = {Turner, Victor}, publisher = {Aldine}, title = {The Ritual Process: Structure and Anti-Structure}, year = {1969} } - C. Geertz, The interpretation of cultures, New York: Basic books, 1973.
[BibTeX]@book{Geertz1973Interpretation, address = {New York}, author = {Geertz, Clifford}, publisher = {Basic Books}, title = {The Interpretation of Cultures}, year = {1973} } - U. Schwegler, Chronologie und regionalität neolithischer kollektivgräber in europa und in der schweiz, U. Ŝchwegler, Ed., Hochwald (Schweiz: Librum publishers & editors, 2016.
[BibTeX]@book{schwegler2016chronologie, address = {Hochwald (Schweiz}, author = {Schwegler, U.}, chapter = {Anhang 2 - Lexikon von Begriffen bei Kollektivgräbern}, editor = {Ŝchwegler, Urs}, isbn = {9783952454206}, lccn = {2016383921}, pages = {259--277}, publisher = {Librum Publishers \& Editors}, series = {Archaologische Prospektion - Archaeological Survey}, title = {Chronologie und Regionalit{\"a}t neolithischer Kollektivgr{\"a}ber in Europa und in der Schweiz}, year = {2016} } - I. Olalde, S. Brace, M. E. Allentoft, I. Armit, K. Kristiansen, T. Booth, N. Rohland, S. Mallick, A. Szécsényi-Nagy, A. Mittnik, E. Altena, M. Lipson, I. Lazaridis, T. K. Harper, N. Patterson, N. Broomandkhoshbacht, Y. Diekmann, Z. Faltyskova, D. Fernandes, M. Ferry, E. Harney, P. {de Knijff}, M. Michel, J. Oppenheimer, K. Stewardson, A. Barclay, K. W. Alt, C. Liesau, P. Ríos, C. Blasco, J. Vega Miguel, R. Menduiña García, A. Avilés Fernández, E. Bánffy, M. Bernabò-Brea, D. Billoin, C. Bonsall, L. Bonsall, T. Allen, L. Büster, S. Carver, L. Castells Navarro, O. E. Craig, G. T. Cook, B. Cunliffe, A. Denaire, K. Egging Dinwiddy, N. Dodwell, M. Ernée, C. Evans, M. Kuchařík, J. Francès Farré, C. Fowler, M. Gazenbeek, R. Garrido Pena, M. Haber-Uriarte, E. Haduch, G. Hey, N. Jowett, T. Knowles, K. Massy, S. Pfrengle, P. Lefranc, O. Lemercier, A. Lefebvre, C. Heras Martínez, V. Galera Olmo, A. Bastida Ramírez, J. Lomba Maurandi, T. Majó, J. I. McKinley, K. McSweeney, B. G. Mende, A. Modi, G. Kulcsár, V. Kiss, A. Czene, R. Patay, A. Endrődi, K. Köhler, T. Hajdu, T. Szeniczey, J. Dani, Z. Bernert, M. Hoole, O. Cheronet, D. Keating, P. Velemínský, M. Dobeš, F. Candilio, F. Brown, R. Flores Fernández, A. Herrero-Corral, S. Tusa, E. Carnieri, L. Lentini, A. Valenti, A. Zanini, C. Waddington, G. Delibes, E. Guerra-Doce, B. Neil, M. Brittain, M. Luke, R. Mortimer, J. Desideri, M. Besse, G. Brücken, M. Furmanek, A. Ha{l}uszko, M. Mackiewicz, A. Rapiński, S. Leach, I. Soriano, K. T. Lillios, J. L. Cardoso, M. Parker Pearson, P. W{l}odarczak, D. T. Price, P. Prieto, P. Rey, R. Risch, M. A. Rojo Guerra, A. Schmitt, J. Serralongue, A. M. Silva, V. Smrčka, L. Vergnaud, J. Zilhão, D. Caramelli, T. Higham, M. G. Thomas, D. J. Kennett, H. Fokkens, V. Heyd, A. Sheridan, K. Sjögren, P. W. Stockhammer, J. Krause, R. Pinhasi, W. Haak, I. Barnes, C. Lalueza-Fox, and D. Reich, “The beaker phenomenon and the genomic transformation of northwest europe,” , vol. 555, iss. 7695, p. 190–196, 2018. doi:10.1038/nature25738
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Olalde2018, author = {Olalde, I{\~n}igo and Brace, Selina and Allentoft, Morten E. and Armit, Ian and Kristiansen, Kristian and Booth, Thomas and Rohland, Nadin and Mallick, Swapan and Sz{\'e}cs{\'e}nyi-Nagy, Anna and Mittnik, Alissa and Altena, Eveline and Lipson, Mark and Lazaridis, Iosif and Harper, Thomas K. and Patterson, Nick and Broomandkhoshbacht, Nasreen and Diekmann, Yoan and Faltyskova, Zuzana and Fernandes, Daniel and Ferry, Matthew and Harney, Eadaoin and {de Knijff}, Peter and Michel, Megan and Oppenheimer, Jonas and Stewardson, Kristin and Barclay, Alistair and Alt, Kurt Werner and Liesau, Corina and R{\'i}os, Patricia and Blasco, Concepci{\'o}n and Vega Miguel, Jorge and Mendui{\~n}a Garc{\'i}a, Roberto and Avil{\'e}s Fern{\'a}ndez, Azucena and B{\'a}nffy, Eszter and Bernab{\`o}-Brea, Maria and Billoin, David and Bonsall, Clive and Bonsall, Laura and Allen, Tim and B{\"u}ster, Lindsey and Carver, Sophie and Castells Navarro, Laura and Craig, Oliver E. and Cook, Gordon T. and Cunliffe, Barry and Denaire, Anthony and Egging Dinwiddy, Kirsten and Dodwell, Natasha and Ern{\'e}e, Michal and Evans, Christopher and Kucha{\v r}{\'i}k, Milan and Franc{\`e}s Farr{\'e}, Joan and Fowler, Chris and Gazenbeek, Michiel and Garrido Pena, Rafael and Haber-Uriarte, Mar{\'i}a and Haduch, El{\.z}bieta and Hey, Gill and Jowett, Nick and Knowles, Timothy and Massy, Ken and Pfrengle, Saskia and Lefranc, Philippe and Lemercier, Olivier and Lefebvre, Arnaud and Heras Mart{\'i}nez, C{\'e}sar and Galera Olmo, Virginia and Bastida Ram{\'i}rez, Ana and Lomba Maurandi, Joaqu{\'i}n and Maj{\'o}, Tona and McKinley, Jacqueline I. and McSweeney, Kathleen and Mende, Bal{\'a}zs Guszt{\'a}v and Modi, Alessandra and Kulcs{\'a}r, Gabriella and Kiss, Vikt{\'o}ria and Czene, Andr{\'a}s and Patay, R{\'o}bert and Endr{\H o}di, Anna and K{\"o}hler, Kitti and Hajdu, Tam{\'a}s and Szeniczey, Tam{\'a}s and Dani, J{\'a}nos and Bernert, Zsolt and Hoole, Maya and Cheronet, Olivia and Keating, Denise and Velem{\'i}nsk{\'y}, Petr and Dobe{\v s}, Miroslav and Candilio, Francesca and Brown, Fraser and Flores Fern{\'a}ndez, Ra{\'u}l and Herrero-Corral, Ana-Mercedes and Tusa, Sebastiano and Carnieri, Emiliano and Lentini, Luigi and Valenti, Antonella and Zanini, Alessandro and Waddington, Clive and Delibes, Germ{\'a}n and Guerra-Doce, Elisa and Neil, Benjamin and Brittain, Marcus and Luke, Mike and Mortimer, Richard and Desideri, Jocelyne and Besse, Marie and Br{\"u}cken, G{\"u}nter and Furmanek, Miros{\l}aw and Ha{\l}uszko, Agata and Mackiewicz, Maksym and Rapi{\'n}ski, Artur and Leach, Stephany and Soriano, Ignacio and Lillios, Katina T. and Cardoso, Jo{\~a}o Lu{\'i}s and Parker Pearson, Michael and W{\l}odarczak, Piotr and Price, T. Douglas and Prieto, Pilar and Rey, Pierre-J{\'e}r{\^o}me and Risch, Roberto and Rojo Guerra, Manuel A. and Schmitt, Aurore and Serralongue, Jo{\"e}l and Silva, Ana Maria and Smr{\v c}ka, V{\'a}clav and Vergnaud, Luc and Zilh{\~a}o, Jo{\~a}o and Caramelli, David and Higham, Thomas and Thomas, Mark G. and Kennett, Douglas J. and Fokkens, Harry and Heyd, Volker and Sheridan, Alison and Sj{\"o}gren, Karl-G{\"o}ran and Stockhammer, Philipp W. and Krause, Johannes and Pinhasi, Ron and Haak, Wolfgang and Barnes, Ian and Lalueza-Fox, Carles and Reich, David}, doi = {10.1038/nature25738}, journaltitle = {Nature}, number = {7695}, pages = {190--196}, title = {The Beaker phenomenon and the genomic transformation of northwest Europe}, url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/nature25738}, volume = {555}, year = {2018} } - M. E. Allentoft, M. Sikora, A. Fischer, K. Sjögren, A. Ingason, R. Macleod, A. Rosengren, B. Schulz Paulsson, M. L. S. J{o}rkov, M. Novosolov, J. Stenderup, D. T. Price, M. Fischer Mortensen, A. B. Nielsen, M. Ulfeldt Hede, L. S{o}rensen, P. O. Nielsen, P. Rasmussen, T. Z. T. Jensen, A. Refoyo-Martínez, E. K. Irving-Pease, W. Barrie, A. Pearson, B. Sousa da Mota, F. Demeter, R. A. Henriksen, T. Vimala, H. McColl, A. Vaughn, L. Vinner, G. Renaud, A. Stern, N. N. Johannsen, A. D. Rams{o}e, A. J. Schork, A. Ruter, A. B. Gotfredsen, B. Henning Nielsen, E. Brinch Petersen, E. Kannegaard, J. Hansen, K. Buck Pedersen, L. Pedersen, L. Klassen, M. Meldgaard, M. Johansen, O. C. Uldum, P. Lotz, P. Lysdahl, P. Bangsgaard, P. V. Petersen, R. Maring, R. Iversen, S. Wåhlin, S. Anker S{o}rensen, S. H. Andersen, T. J{o}rgensen, N. Lynnerup, D. J. Lawson, S. Rasmussen, T. S. Korneliussen, K. H. Kjær, R. Durbin, R. Nielsen, O. Delaneau, T. Werge, K. Kristiansen, and E. Willerslev, “100 ancient genomes show repeated population turnovers in neolithic denmark,” Nature, vol. 625, iss. 7994, p. 329–337, 2024. doi:10.1038/s41586-023-06862-3
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@article{Allentoft2024, author = {Allentoft, Morten E. and Sikora, Martin and Fischer, Anders and Sj{\"o}gren, Karl-G{\"o}ran and Ingason, Andr{\'e}s and Macleod, Ruairidh and Rosengren, Anders and Schulz Paulsson, Bettina and J{\o}rkov, Marie Louise Schjellerup and Novosolov, Maria and Stenderup, Jesper and Price, T. Douglas and Fischer Mortensen, Morten and Nielsen, Anne Birgitte and Ulfeldt Hede, Mikkel and S{\o}rensen, Lasse and Nielsen, Poul Otto and Rasmussen, Peter and Jensen, Theis Zetner Trolle and Refoyo-Mart{\'i}nez, Alba and Irving-Pease, Evan K. and Barrie, William and Pearson, Alice and Sousa da Mota, B{\'a}rbara and Demeter, Fabrice and Henriksen, Rasmus A. and Vimala, Tharsika and McColl, Hugh and Vaughn, Andrew and Vinner, Lasse and Renaud, Gabriel and Stern, Aaron and Johannsen, Niels N{\o}rkj{\ae}r and Rams{\o}e, Abigail Daisy and Schork, Andrew Joseph and Ruter, Anthony and Gotfredsen, Anne Birgitte and Henning Nielsen, Bjarne and Brinch Petersen, Erik and Kannegaard, Esben and Hansen, Jesper and Buck Pedersen, Kristoffer and Pedersen, Lisbeth and Klassen, Lutz and Meldgaard, Morten and Johansen, Morten and Uldum, Otto Christian and Lotz, Per and Lysdahl, Per and Bangsgaard, Pernille and Petersen, Peter Vang and Maring, Rikke and Iversen, Rune and W{\aa}hlin, Sidsel and Anker S{\o}rensen, S{\o}ren and Andersen, S{\o}ren H. and J{\o}rgensen, Thomas and Lynnerup, Niels and Lawson, Daniel J. and Rasmussen, Simon and Korneliussen, Thorfinn Sand and Kj{\ae}r, Kurt H. and Durbin, Richard and Nielsen, Rasmus and Delaneau, Olivier and Werge, Thomas and Kristiansen, Kristian and Willerslev, Eske}, doi = {10.1038/s41586-023-06862-3}, issn = {1476-4687}, journal = {Nature}, number = {7994}, pages = {329--337}, title = {100 ancient genomes show repeated population turnovers in Neolithic Denmark}, url = {https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-023-06862-3}, volume = {625}, year = {2024} } - Ancient dna: methods and protocols, B. Shapiro and M. Hofreiter, Eds., Totowa, NJ: Humana press, 2012, vol. 840. doi:10.1007/978-1-61779-516-9
[BibTeX]@book{ShapiroHofreiter2012, address = {Totowa, NJ}, doi = {10.1007/978-1-61779-516-9}, editor = {Shapiro, Beth and Hofreiter, Michael}, isbn = {978-1-61779-515-2}, publisher = {Humana Press}, series = {Methods in Molecular Biology}, title = {Ancient DNA: Methods and Protocols}, volume = {840}, year = {2012} } - D. Reich, Who we are and how we got here: ancient dna and the new science of the human past, New York: Pantheon books, 2018.
[BibTeX]@book{Reich2018, address = {New York}, author = {Reich, David}, isbn = {978-1101870327}, publisher = {Pantheon Books}, title = {Who We Are and How We Got Here: Ancient DNA and the New Science of the Human Past}, year = {2018} } - S. Pääbo, Neanderthal man: in search of lost genomes, New York: Basic books, 2014.
[BibTeX]@book{Paabo2014, address = {New York}, author = {P{\"a}{\"a}bo, Svante}, isbn = {978-0465020836}, publisher = {Basic Books}, title = {Neanderthal Man: In Search of Lost Genomes}, year = {2014} } - The oxford handbook of ancient dna, E. Matisoo-Smith, A. K. Horsburgh, and D. Houston, Eds., Oxford: Oxford university press, 2019. doi:10.1093/oxfordhb/9780198809190.001.0001
[BibTeX]@book{MatisooSmith2019, address = {Oxford}, doi = {10.1093/oxfordhb/9780198809190.001.0001}, editor = {Matisoo-Smith, Elizabeth and Horsburgh, K. Ann and Houston, David}, isbn = {978-0198809190}, publisher = {Oxford University Press}, title = {The Oxford Handbook of Ancient DNA}, year = {2019} } - C. S. Larsen, Bioarchaeology: interpreting behavior from the human skeleton, 2 ed., Cambridge: Cambridge university press, 2015.
[BibTeX]@book{Larsen2015, address = {Cambridge}, author = {Larsen, Clark Spencer}, edition = {2}, isbn = {978-1107073036}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Bioarchaeology: Interpreting Behavior from the Human Skeleton}, year = {2015} } - T. Ahlström, “Det döda kollektivet skelettmaterialet från rössbergagånggriften,” in Falbygdens gånggrifter, del 1. undersökningar 1985–1998, P. Persson and K. -G. Sjögren, Eds., Göteborg: Göteborgs universitet, 2001, p. 301–57.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Ahlstrom2001, address = {Göteborg}, author = {Ahlström, T.}, booktitle = {Falbygdens gånggrifter, Del 1. Undersökningar 1985--1998}, editor = {Persson, P. and Sjögren, K.-G.}, pages = {301--57}, publisher = {Göteborgs universitet}, title = {Det döda kollektivet Skelettmaterialet från Rössbergagånggriften}, year = {2001} } - T. Ahlström, “Grave or ossuary? osteological finds from a recently excavated passage tomb in falbygden, sweden,” in Stones and bones. formal disposal of the dead in atlantic europe during the mesolithic–neolithic interface 6000–3000 bc, G. Burenhult, Ed., Oxford: British archaeological reports, international series 1201, 2003, p. 253–69.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Ahlstrom2003, address = {Oxford}, author = {Ahlström, T.}, booktitle = {Stones and Bones. Formal disposal of the dead in Atlantic Europe during the Mesolithic--Neolithic interface 6000--3000 BC}, editor = {Burenhult, G.}, pages = {253--69}, publisher = {British Archaeological Reports, International Series 1201}, title = {Grave or ossuary? Osteological finds from a recently excavated passage tomb in Falbygden, Sweden}, year = {2003} } - S. E. Albrethsen and E. Brinch Petersen, “Excavation of a mesolithic cemetery at vedbæk, denmark,” Acta archaeologica, vol. 47, p. 1–28, 1977.
[BibTeX]@article{Albrethsen1977, author = {Albrethsen, S. E. and Brinch Petersen, E.}, journal = {Acta Archaeologica}, pages = {1--28}, title = {Excavation of a Mesolithic cemetery at Vedbæk, Denmark}, volume = {47}, year = {1977} } - N. H. Andersen, Sarup vol. 1: the sarup enclosures, Moesgaard: Jutland archaeological society publications xxxiii:1, 1997.
[BibTeX]@book{AndersenNH1997, address = {Moesgaard}, author = {Andersen, N. H.}, publisher = {Jutland Archaeological Society Publications XXXIII:1}, title = {Sarup Vol. 1: The Sarup Enclosures}, year = {1997} } - N. H. Andersen, “Kult og ritualer i den ældre bondestenalder,” Kuml, vol. 2000, p. 13–57, 2000.
[BibTeX]@article{AndersenNH2000, author = {Andersen, N. H.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {13--57}, title = {Kult og ritualer i den ældre bondestenalder}, volume = {2000}, year = {2000} } - S. H. Andersen and E. Johansen, “An early neolithic grave at bjørnsholm, north jutland,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 9, p. 38–58, 1992.
[BibTeX]@article{AndersenSH1992, author = {Andersen, S. H. and Johansen, E.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {38--58}, title = {An Early Neolithic Grave at Bjørnsholm, North Jutland}, volume = {9}, year = {1992} } - T. S. Andersen, “Pollen spectra from the double passage-grave, klekkendehøj, on møn. evidence of swidden cultivation in the neolithic of denmark,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 7, p. 77–92, 1988.
[BibTeX]@article{AndersenSTh1988, author = {Andersen, S. Th.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {77--92}, title = {Pollen Spectra from the Double Passage-Grave, Klekkendehøj, on Møn. Evidence of Swidden Cultivation in the Neolithic of Denmark}, volume = {7}, year = {1988} } - T. S. Andersen, “Pollen analytical investigations of barrows from the funnel beaker and single grave cultures in the vroue area, west jutland, denmark,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 12, p. 107–32, 1995.
[BibTeX]@article{AndersenSTh1995, author = {Andersen, S. Th.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {107--32}, title = {Pollen analytical investigations of barrows from the Funnel Beaker and Single Grave Cultures in the Vroue area, West Jutland, Denmark}, volume = {12}, year = {1995} } - M. Andersson, “Domestication and the first neolithic concept 4800–3000 bc,” in Stone age scania, significant places dug and read by contract archaeology, M. Andersson, P. Karsten, B. Knarrström, and M. Svensson, Eds., Malmö: Riksantikvarieämbetets förlag, 2004, p. 143–90.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Andersson2004, address = {Malmö}, author = {Andersson, M.}, booktitle = {Stone Age Scania, Significant places dug and read by contract archaeology}, editor = {Andersson, M. and Karsten, P. and Knarrström, B. and Svensson, M.}, pages = {143--90}, publisher = {Riksantikvarieämbetets Förlag}, series = {Skrifter No 52}, title = {Domestication and the first Neolithic concept 4800--3000 BC}, year = {2004} } - E. Aner, “Die stellung der dolmen schleswig-holsteins in der nordischen megalithkultur,” Offa, vol. 20, p. 9–38, 1963.
[BibTeX]@article{Aner1963, author = {Aner, E.}, journal = {Offa}, pages = {9--38}, title = {Die Stellung der Dolmen Schleswig-Holsteins in der nordischen Megalithkultur}, volume = {20}, year = {1963} } - P. Ashbee, “The fussell’s lodge long barrow excavations 1957,” Archaeologia, vol. 100, p. 1–80, 1966.
[BibTeX]@article{Ashbee1966, author = {Ashbee, P.}, journal = {Archaeologia}, pages = {1--80}, title = {The Fussell's Lodge Long Barrow Excavations 1957}, volume = {100}, year = {1966} } - P. Ashbee, The earthen long barrow in britain, London: J. m. dent, 1970.
[BibTeX]@book{Ashbee1970, address = {London}, author = {Ashbee, P.}, publisher = {J. M. Dent}, title = {The Earthen Long Barrow in Britain}, year = {1970} } - G. Asmus, “Menschliche schädelfragmente aus der grabung bundsø-flintholm,” in Das mittelneolithikum zur zeit der trichterbecherkultur in nordostholstein, J. Hoika, Ed., Neumünster: Wachholtz, 1987, p. 265–7.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Asmus1987, address = {Neumünster}, author = {Asmus, G.}, booktitle = {Das Mittelneolithikum zur Zeit der Trichterbecherkultur in Nordostholstein}, editor = {Hoika, J.}, pages = {265--7}, publisher = {Wachholtz}, series = {Offa-Bücher 61}, title = {Menschliche Schädelfragmente aus der Grabung Bundsø-Flintholm}, year = {1987} } - J. J. Assendorp, “Archäologie der geest,” in Archäologie, land, niedersachsen. 25 jahre denkmalschutzgesetz – 400 000 jahre geschichte, M. Fansa, F. Both, and H. Haßmann, Eds., Oldenburg: Theiss, 2004, p. 337–46.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Assendorp2004a, address = {Oldenburg}, author = {Assendorp, J. J.}, booktitle = {Archäologie, Land, Niedersachsen. 25 Jahre Denkmalschutzgesetz -- 400 000 Jahre Geschichte}, editor = {Fansa, M. and Both, F. and Haßmann, H.}, pages = {337--46}, publisher = {Theiss}, title = {Archäologie der Geest}, year = {2004} } - J. J. Assendorp, “Die tbk siedlung von pennigbüttel, ldkr. osterholz,” in Archäologie, land, niedersachsen. 25 jahre denkmalschutzgesetz – 400 000 jahre geschichte, M. Fansa, F. Both, and H. Haßmann, Eds., Oldenburg: Theiss, 2004, p. 366–8.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Assendorp2004b, address = {Oldenburg}, author = {Assendorp, J. J.}, booktitle = {Archäologie, Land, Niedersachsen. 25 Jahre Denkmalschutzgesetz -- 400 000 Jahre Geschichte}, editor = {Fansa, M. and Both, F. and Haßmann, H.}, pages = {366--8}, publisher = {Theiss}, title = {Die TBK Siedlung von Pennigbüttel, Ldkr. Osterholz}, year = {2004} } - T. Axelsson and K. -G. Sjögren, “Gånggriften vid frälsegården i gökhem: fortsatta undersökningar 2001,” Falbygden årsbok, vol. 55, p. 73–81, 2001.
[BibTeX]@article{Axelsson2001, author = {Axelsson, T. and Sjögren, K.-G.}, journal = {Falbygden Årsbok}, pages = {73--81}, title = {Gånggriften vid Frälsegården i Gökhem: fortsatta undersökningar 2001}, volume = {55}, year = {2001} } - T. Axelsson and A. Strinnholm, “Beads of belonging and tokens of trust. neolithic amber beads from megaliths in sweden,” in Amber in archaeology. proceedings of the fourth international conference on amber in archaeology, talsi, 2001, C. W. Beck, I. B. Loze, and J. M. Todd, Eds., Riga: Institute of the history of latvia publishers, 2003, p. 116–25.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Axelsson2003, address = {Riga}, author = {Axelsson, T. and Strinnholm, A.}, booktitle = {Amber in Archaeology. Proceedings of the Fourth International Conference on Amber in Archaeology, Talsi, 2001}, editor = {Beck, C. W. and Loze, I. B. and Todd, J. M.}, pages = {116--25}, publisher = {Institute of the History of Latvia Publishers}, title = {Beads of Belonging and Tokens of Trust. Neolithic Amber Beads from Megaliths in Sweden}, year = {2003} } - T. Axelsson, C. Heimann, and K. -G. Sjögren, Falbygdens gånggrifter – bevarande och kunskapsförmedling, Göteborg: Göteborgs universitet, 2003.
[BibTeX]@book{Axelsson2003b, address = {Göteborg}, author = {Axelsson, T. and Heimann, C. and Sjögren, K.-G.}, publisher = {Göteborgs universitet}, title = {Falbygdens gånggrifter -- bevarande och kunskapsförmedling}, year = {2003} } - A. Bagge and L. Kaelas, Die funde aus dolmen und ganggräbern in schonen, schweden, Stockholm: Wahlström & wildstrand, 1950.
[BibTeX]@book{Bagge1950, address = {Stockholm}, author = {Bagge, A. and Kaelas, L.}, note = {Vol. I, 1950; Vol. II, 1952}, publisher = {Wahlström \& Wildstrand}, title = {Die Funde aus Dolmen und Ganggräbern in Schonen, Schweden}, year = {1950} } - R. Baier, “Tongefässe aus der steinzeit auf der insel rügen,” Verhandlungen der berliner gesellschaft für anthropologie, ethnologie und urgeschichte, p. 350–61, 1896.
[BibTeX]@article{Baier1896, author = {Baier, R.}, journal = {Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft für Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte}, pages = {350--61}, title = {Tongefässe aus der Steinzeit auf der Insel Rügen}, year = {1896} } - G. Bailloud, C. Boujot, S. Cassen, and C. -T. Le Roux, Carnac. les premières architectures de pierre, Paris: Cnrs éditions, 1995.
[BibTeX]@book{Bailloud1995, address = {Paris}, author = {Bailloud, G. and Boujot, C. and Cassen, S. and Le Roux, C.-T.}, publisher = {CNRS Éditions}, title = {Carnac. Les premières architectures de pierre}, year = {1995} } - J. A. Bakker, “On the possibility of reconstructing roads from the trb period,” Berichten van de rijksdienst voor het oudheidkundig bodemonderzoek, vol. 26, p. 63–91, 1976.
[BibTeX]@article{Bakker1976, author = {Bakker, J. A.}, journal = {Berichten van de Rijksdienst voor het Oudheidkundig Bodemonderzoek}, pages = {63--91}, title = {On the Possibility of Reconstructing Roads from the TRB Period}, volume = {26}, year = {1976} } - J. A. Bakker, “July 1878: lukis and dryden in drenthe,” The antiquaries journal, vol. 59, p. 9–18, 1979.
[BibTeX]@article{Bakker1979, author = {Bakker, J. A.}, journal = {The Antiquaries Journal}, pages = {9--18}, title = {July 1878: Lukis and Dryden in Drenthe}, volume = {59}, year = {1979} } - J. A. Bakker, “A list of the extant and formerly present hunebedden in the netherlands,” Palaeohistoria, vol. 30, p. 63–72, 1988.
[BibTeX]@article{Bakker1988, author = {Bakker, J. A.}, journal = {Palaeohistoria}, pages = {63--72}, title = {A list of the extant and formerly present hunebedden in the Netherlands}, volume = {30}, year = {1988} } - J. A. Bakker, “Prehistoric long-distance roads in north-west europe,” in Die kupferzeit als historische epoche, symposium saarbrücken und otzenhausen 6–13 nov. 1988, J. Lichardus, Ed., Bonn: Dr. rudolf habelt gmbh, 1991, p. 505–28.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Bakker1991, address = {Bonn}, author = {Bakker, J. A.}, booktitle = {Die Kupferzeit als historische Epoche, Symposium Saarbrücken und Otzenhausen 6--13 Nov. 1988}, editor = {Lichardus, J.}, pages = {505--28}, publisher = {Dr. Rudolf Habelt GmbH}, title = {Prehistoric long-distance roads in North-West Europe}, year = {1991} } - J. A. Bakker, The dutch hunebedden, megalithic tombs of the funnel beaker culture, Michigan, Ann Arbor: International monographs in prehistory, archaeological series 2, 1992.
[BibTeX]@book{Bakker1992, address = {Michigan, Ann Arbor}, author = {Bakker, J. A.}, publisher = {International Monographs in Prehistory, Archaeological Series 2}, title = {The Dutch Hunebedden, Megalithic Tombs of the Funnel Beaker Culture}, year = {1992} } - J. A. Bakker, “The dutch megalithic tombs, with a glance at those of north-west germany,” in Studien zur megalithik: forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische perspektiven, K. W. Beinhauer, G. Cooney, C. Guksch, and S. Kus, Eds., Weissbach: Verlag beier & beran, 1999, p. 145–62.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Bakker1999, address = {Weissbach}, author = {Bakker, J. A.}, booktitle = {Studien zur Megalithik: Forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische Perspektiven}, editor = {Beinhauer, K. W. and Cooney, G. and Guksch, C. and Kus, S.}, pages = {145--62}, publisher = {Verlag Beier \& Beran}, title = {The Dutch megalithic tombs, with a glance at those of north-west Germany}, year = {1999} } - J. A. Bakker, J. Kruk, A. E. Lanting, and S. Milisauskas, “The earliest evidence of wheeled vehicles in europe and the near east,” Antiquity, vol. 73, p. 778–90, 1999.
[BibTeX]@article{Bakker1999b, author = {Bakker, J. A. and Kruk, J. and Lanting, A. E. and Milisauskas, S.}, journal = {Antiquity}, pages = {778--90}, title = {The earliest evidence of wheeled vehicles in Europe and the Near East}, volume = {73}, year = {1999} } - G. J. Barclay and G. S. Maxwell, The cleaven dyke and littleour: monuments in the neolithic of tayside, Edinburgh: Society of antiquaries of scotland, 1998.
[BibTeX]@book{Barclay1998, address = {Edinburgh}, author = {Barclay, G. J. and Maxwell, G. S.}, publisher = {Society of Antiquaries of Scotland}, title = {The Cleaven Dyke and Littleour: Monuments in the Neolithic of Tayside}, year = {1998} } - N. Barley, Smashing pots: feats of clay from africa, London: British museum press, 1994.
[BibTeX]@book{Barley1994, address = {London}, author = {Barley, N.}, publisher = {British Museum Press}, title = {Smashing Pots: Feats of Clay from Africa}, year = {1994} } - N. Barley, Dancing on the grave: encounters with death, London: John murray, 1995.
[BibTeX]@book{Barley1995, address = {London}, author = {Barley, N.}, publisher = {John Murray}, title = {Dancing on the Grave: Encounters with Death}, year = {1995} } - J. C. Barrett, “The living, the dead and the ancestors: neolithic and early bronze age mortuary practices,” in The archaeology of context in the neolithic and bronze age: recent trends, J. C. Barrett and I. A. Kinnes, Eds., Sheffield: Department of archaeology and prehistory, 1988, p. 30–41.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Barrett1988, address = {Sheffield}, author = {Barrett, J. C.}, booktitle = {The Archaeology of Context in the Neolithic and Bronze Age: Recent Trends}, editor = {Barrett, J. C. and Kinnes, I. A.}, pages = {30--41}, publisher = {Department of Archaeology and Prehistory}, title = {The Living, the Dead and the Ancestors: Neolithic and Early Bronze Age Mortuary Practices}, year = {1988} } - C. J. Becker, “Tragtbægerkulturens mellemneolitiske kulthuse,” in Stendyngegrave og kulthuse. studier over tragtbægerkulturen i nord- og vestjylland, K. Fabricius and C. J. Becker, Eds., Copenhagen: Akademisk forlag, 1996, p. 277–362.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Becker1996, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Becker, C. J.}, booktitle = {Stendyngegrave og Kulthuse. Studier over Tragtbægerkulturen i Nord- og Vestjylland}, editor = {Fabricius, K. and Becker, C. J.}, pages = {277--362}, publisher = {Akademisk Forlag}, series = {Arkæologiske Studier XI}, title = {Tragtbægerkulturens mellemneolitiske kulthuse}, year = {1996} } - K. -E. Behre, “Die einengung des neolithischen lebensraumes in nordwestdeutschland durch klimabedingte faktoren,” in Klimaveränderung und kulturwandel in neolithischen gesellschaften mitteleuropas, 6700–2200 v. chr., D. Gronenborg, Ed., Mainz: Verlag des römisch-germanischen zentralmuseums, 2005, p. 209–20.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Behre2005, address = {Mainz}, author = {Behre, K.-E.}, booktitle = {Klimaveränderung und Kulturwandel in neolithischen Gesellschaften Mitteleuropas, 6700--2200 v. Chr.}, editor = {Gronenborg, D.}, pages = {209--20}, publisher = {Verlag des Römisch-Germanischen Zentralmuseums}, title = {Die Einengung des neolithischen Lebensraumes in Nordwestdeutschland durch klimabedingte Faktoren}, year = {2005} } - H. -J. Beier, “Die hercynische megalithik. gedanken aus mitteldeutscher sicht,” Jahresschrift für mitteldeutsche vorgeschichte, vol. 77, p. 89–120, 1995.
[BibTeX]@article{Beier1995, author = {Beier, H.-J.}, journal = {Jahresschrift für mitteldeutsche Vorgeschichte}, pages = {89--120}, title = {Die hercynische Megalithik. Gedanken aus mitteldeutscher Sicht}, volume = {77}, year = {1995} } - R. Beltz, “Die steinzeitlichen fundstellen in mecklenburg,” Jahrbuch des vereins für mecklenburgische geschichte und alterthumskunde, vol. 64, p. 78–192, 1899.
[BibTeX]@article{Beltz1899, author = {Beltz, R.}, journal = {Jahrbuch des Vereins für Mecklenburgische Geschichte und Alterthumskunde}, pages = {78--192}, title = {Die steinzeitlichen Fundstellen in Mecklenburg}, volume = {64}, year = {1899} } - R. Beltz, Die vorgeschichtlichen altertümer des großherzogtums mecklenburg, Berlin: Reimer, 1910.
[BibTeX]@book{Beltz1910, address = {Berlin}, author = {Beltz, R.}, publisher = {Reimer}, title = {Die vorgeschichtlichen Altertümer des Großherzogtums Mecklenburg}, year = {1910} } - G. Benéteau-Douillard, “Les alignements de menhirs anthropomorphes du sud de la vendée. architectonique, iconographie et art pariétal,” in Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l’ouest de l’europe, R. Joussaume, L. Laporte, and C. Scarre, Eds., Niort: Conseil général des deux-sèvres, 2006, p. 567–75.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Beneteau2006, address = {Niort}, author = {Benéteau-Douillard, G.}, booktitle = {Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l'ouest de l'Europe}, editor = {Joussaume, R. and Laporte, L. and Scarre, C.}, pages = {567--75}, publisher = {Conseil Général des Deux-Sèvres}, title = {Les alignements de menhirs anthropomorphes du sud de la Vendée. Architectonique, iconographie et art pariétal}, year = {2006} } - P. Bennike, “Stenalderbefolkningen på øerne syd for fyn,” in Yngre stenalder på øerne syd for fyn, J. Skaarup, Ed., Rudkøbing: Langelands museum, 1985, p. 467–91.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Bennike1985, address = {Rudkøbing}, author = {Bennike, P.}, booktitle = {Yngre Stenalder på øerne syd for Fyn}, editor = {Skaarup, J.}, pages = {467--91}, publisher = {Langelands Museum}, title = {Stenalderbefolkningen på øerne syd for Fyn}, year = {1985} } - P. Bennike, “Human remains from the grøfte dolmen,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 7, p. 70–6, 1990.
[BibTeX]@article{Bennike1990, author = {Bennike, P.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {70--6}, title = {Human Remains from the Grøfte Dolmen}, volume = {7}, year = {1990} } - P. Bennike, “The early neolithic danish bog finds: a strange group of people!,” in Bog bodies, sacred sites and wetland archaeology, B. Coles, J. Coles, and M. S. Jørgensen, Eds., Exeter: Warp occasional paper 12, 1999, p. 27–32.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Bennike1999, address = {Exeter}, author = {Bennike, P.}, booktitle = {Bog Bodies, Sacred Sites and Wetland Archaeology}, editor = {Coles, B. and Coles, J. and Jørgensen, M. S.}, pages = {27--32}, publisher = {WARP Occasional Paper 12}, title = {The Early Neolithic Danish bog finds: a strange group of people!}, year = {1999} } - P. Bennike, K. Ebbesen, and L. B. Jørgensen, “Early neolithic skeletons from bolkilde bog, denmark,” Antiquity, vol. 60, p. 199–209, 1986.
[BibTeX]@article{Bennike1986, author = {Bennike, P. and Ebbesen, K. and Jørgensen, L. B.}, journal = {Antiquity}, pages = {199--209}, title = {Early neolithic skeletons from Bolkilde bog, Denmark}, volume = {60}, year = {1986} } - P. Bennike and K. Ebbesen, “The bog find from sigersdal. human sacrifice in the early neolithic,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 5, p. 85–115, 1987.
[BibTeX]@article{Bennike1987, author = {Bennike, P. and Ebbesen, K.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {85--115}, title = {The Bog Find from Sigersdal. Human sacrifice in the Early Neolithic}, volume = {5}, year = {1987} } - H. Berg, “Langdolmen bei pæregaard, langeland,” Acta archaeologica, vol. 27, p. 108–27, 1956.
[BibTeX]@article{Berg1956, author = {Berg, H.}, journal = {Acta Archaeologica}, pages = {108--27}, title = {Langdolmen bei Pæregaard, Langeland}, volume = {27}, year = {1956} } - L. R. Binford, “Mortuary practices: their study and their potential,” in Approaches to the social dimensions of mortuary practices, J. A. Brown, Ed., Washington: Society for american archaeology, 1971, p. 6–29.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Binford1971, address = {Washington}, author = {Binford, L. R.}, booktitle = {Approaches to the social dimensions of mortuary practices}, editor = {Brown, J. A.}, pages = {6--29}, publisher = {Society for American Archaeology}, series = {Memoirs of the Society for American Archaeology no. 25}, title = {Mortuary practices: Their study and their potential}, year = {1971} } - F. Birren, Colour and human response, New York: Van nostrand reinhold, 1978.
[BibTeX]@book{Birren1978, address = {New York}, author = {Birren, F.}, publisher = {Van Nostrand Reinhold}, title = {Colour and Human Response}, year = {1978} } - M. Bloch, Placing the dead: tombs, ancestral villages and kinship organisation in madagascar, London: Seminar, 1971.
[BibTeX]@book{Bloch1971, address = {London}, author = {Bloch, M.}, publisher = {Seminar}, title = {Placing the Dead: Tombs, Ancestral Villages and Kinship Organisation in Madagascar}, year = {1971} } - H. Bock, B. Fritsch, and L. Mittag, Großsteingräber der altmark, Halle: Landesamt für denkmalpflege und archäologie sachsen-anhalt, 2006.
[BibTeX]@book{Bock2006, address = {Halle}, author = {Bock, H. and Fritsch, B. and Mittag, L.}, publisher = {Landesamt für Denkmalpflege und Archäologie Sachsen-Anhalt}, title = {Großsteingräber der Altmark}, year = {2006} } - P. Bogucki, Transegalitarian societies in mid-neolithic europe, 5000–3000 b.c., 2003.
[BibTeX]@unpublished{Bogucki2003, author = {Bogucki, P.}, note = {Unpublished manuscript cited by Midgley 2008; no subsequent publication of this specific title traced. Bogucki 2003 outputs include incollection in Parkinson (ed.), The Archaeology of Tribal Societies, Ann Arbor: IMP (pp.372--383).}, title = {Transegalitarian Societies in Mid-Neolithic Europe, 5000--3000 B.C.}, year = {2003} } - F. Bouin and R. Joussaume, “Le tumulus du planti à availles-sur-chizé,” in Les premiers paysans du golfe. le néolithique dans le marais poitevin, R. Joussaume, Ed., Chauray: Éditions patrimoines et médias, 1998, p. 79.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Bouin1998, address = {Chauray}, author = {Bouin, F. and Joussaume, R.}, booktitle = {Les premiers paysans du Golfe. Le Néolithique dans le Marais poitevin}, editor = {Joussaume, R.}, pages = {79}, publisher = {Éditions Patrimoines et Médias}, title = {Le tumulus du Planti à Availles-sur-Chizé}, year = {1998} } - R. Bradley, The passage of arms. an archaeological analysis of prehistoric hoard and votive deposits, 2 ed., Oxford: Oxbow books, 1998.
[BibTeX]@book{Bradley1998a, address = {Oxford}, author = {Bradley, R.}, edition = {2}, publisher = {Oxbow Books}, title = {The Passage of Arms. An archaeological analysis of prehistoric hoard and votive deposits}, year = {1998} } - R. Bradley, The significance of monuments. on the shaping of human experience in neolithic and bronze age europe, London: Routledge, 1998.
[BibTeX]@book{Bradley1998b, address = {London}, author = {Bradley, R.}, publisher = {Routledge}, title = {The Significance of Monuments. On the Shaping of Human Experience in Neolithic and Bronze Age Europe}, year = {1998} } - R. Bradley, An archaeology of natural places, London: Routledge, 2000.
[BibTeX]@book{Bradley2000, address = {London}, author = {Bradley, R.}, publisher = {Routledge}, title = {An Archaeology of Natural Places}, year = {2000} } - R. Bradley, The past in prehistoric societies, London: Routledge, 2002.
[BibTeX]@book{Bradley2002, address = {London}, author = {Bradley, R.}, publisher = {Routledge}, title = {The Past in Prehistoric Societies}, year = {2002} } - R. Bradley, Ritual and domestic life in prehistoric europe, London: Routledge, 2005.
[BibTeX]@book{Bradley2005, address = {London}, author = {Bradley, R.}, publisher = {Routledge}, title = {Ritual and Domestic Life in Prehistoric Europe}, year = {2005} } - R. Bradley, The prehistory of britain and ireland, Cambridge: Cambridge university press, 2007.
[BibTeX]@book{Bradley2007, address = {Cambridge}, author = {Bradley, R.}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {The Prehistory of Britain and Ireland}, year = {2007} } - R. Bradley and T. Phillips, “The high-water mark: the siting of megalithic tombs on the swedish island of tjörn,” Oxford journal of archaeology, vol. 23, p. 123–33, 2004.
[BibTeX]@article{Bradley2004, author = {Bradley, R. and Phillips, T.}, journal = {Oxford Journal of Archaeology}, pages = {123--33}, title = {The high-water mark: the siting of megalithic tombs on the Swedish island of Tjörn}, volume = {23}, year = {2004} } - A. Brindley, “Hunebed g2: excavation and finds,” Palaeohistoria, vol. 28, p. 27–92, 1986.
[BibTeX]@article{Brindley1986, author = {Brindley, A.}, journal = {Palaeohistoria}, pages = {27--92}, title = {Hunebed G2: excavation and finds}, volume = {28}, year = {1986} } - J. Brøndsted, Danmarks oldtid: i. stenalderen, Copenhagen: Gyldendal, 1957.
[BibTeX]@book{Brondsted1957, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Brøndsted, J.}, publisher = {Gyldendal}, title = {Danmarks Oldtid: I. Stenalderen}, year = {1957} } - B. Burchard, “Badania grobowców typu megalitycznego w zagaju stradowskim w południowej polsce,” Sprawozdania archeologiczne, vol. 50, p. 149–56, 1998.
[BibTeX]@article{Burchard1998, author = {Burchard, B.}, journal = {Sprawozdania Archeologiczne}, pages = {149--56}, title = {Badania grobowców typu megalitycznego w Zagaju Stradowskim w południowej Polsce}, volume = {50}, year = {1998} } - G. Burenhult, The archaeology of carrowmore, co. sligo, Stockholm: Institute of archaeology, 1984.
[BibTeX]@book{Burenhult1984, address = {Stockholm}, author = {Burenhult, G.}, publisher = {Institute of Archaeology}, series = {Theses and Papers in North-European Archaeology 14}, title = {The Archaeology of Carrowmore, Co. Sligo}, year = {1984} } - Stones and bones. formal disposal of the dead in atlantic europe during the mesolithic-neolithic interface 6000–3000 bc, G. Burenhult, Ed., Oxford: Archaeopress, 2003.
[BibTeX]@book{Burenhult2003, address = {Oxford}, editor = {Burenhult, G.}, publisher = {Archaeopress}, series = {BAR International Series 1201}, title = {Stones and Bones. Formal disposal of the dead in Atlantic Europe during the Mesolithic-Neolithic interface 6000--3000 BC}, year = {2003} } - R. Caillaud and É. Lagnel, “Le cairn et le crématoire néolithiques de la hoguette à fontenay-le-marmion,” Gallia préhistoire, vol. 15, p. 137–97, 1972.
[BibTeX]@article{Caillaud1972, author = {Caillaud, R. and Lagnel, É.}, journal = {Gallia Préhistoire}, pages = {137--97}, title = {Le cairn et le crématoire néolithiques de La Hoguette à Fontenay-le-Marmion}, volume = {15}, year = {1972} } - C. Carr, “Mortuary practices: their social, philosophical-religious, circumstantial, and physical determinants,” Journal of archaeological method and theory, vol. 2, p. 105–200, 1995.
[BibTeX]@article{Carr1995, author = {Carr, C.}, journal = {Journal of Archaeological Method and Theory}, pages = {105--200}, title = {Mortuary Practices: Their Social, Philosophical-Religious, Circumstantial, and Physical Determinants}, volume = {2}, year = {1995} } - W. A. Casparie and W. Groenman-van Waateringe, “Palynological analysis of dutch barrows,” Palaeohistoria, vol. 22, p. 7–65, 1980.
[BibTeX]@article{Casparie1980, author = {Casparie, W. A. and Groenman-van Waateringe, W.}, journal = {Palaeohistoria}, pages = {7--65}, title = {Palynological analysis of Dutch barrows}, volume = {22}, year = {1980} } - G. Caspers, J. Elbracht, C. Schwarz, and H. Streif, “Lebensraum niedersachsen: geologie und landschaftsgeschichte,” in Archäologie, land, niedersachsen. 25 jahre denkmalschutzgesetz – 400 000 jahre geschichte, M. Fansa, F. Both, and H. Haßmann, Eds., Oldenburg: Theiss, 2005, p. 41–53.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Caspers2005, address = {Oldenburg}, author = {Caspers, G. and Elbracht, J. and Schwarz, C. and Streif, H.}, booktitle = {Archäologie, Land, Niedersachsen. 25 Jahre Denkmalschutzgesetz -- 400 000 Jahre Geschichte}, editor = {Fansa, M. and Both, F. and Haßmann, H.}, pages = {41--53}, publisher = {Theiss}, title = {Lebensraum Niedersachsen: Geologie und Landschaftsgeschichte}, year = {2005} } - S. Cassen, C. Audren, S. Hinguant, G. Lannuzel, and G. Marchand, “L’habitat villeneuve-st-germain du haut mée (saint-étienne-en-coglès, ille-et-vilaine),” Bulletin de la société préhistorique française, vol. 95, p. 41–76, 1998.
[BibTeX]@article{Cassen1998, author = {Cassen, S. and Audren, C. and Hinguant, S. and Lannuzel, G. and Marchand, G.}, journal = {Bulletin de la Société Préhistorique Française}, pages = {41--76}, title = {L'Habitat Villeneuve-St-Germain du Haut Mée (Saint-Étienne-en-Coglès, Ille-et-Vilaine)}, volume = {95}, year = {1998} } - P. Chambon, “La nécropole de balloy «les réaudins»: approche archéo-anthropologique,” in La culture de cerny. nouvelle économie, nouvelle société au néolithique, C. Constantin, D. Mordant, and D. Simonin, Eds., Mémoires du musée de préhistoire d’île-de-france, no. 6, 1997, p. 489–98.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Chambon1997, author = {Chambon, P.}, booktitle = {La culture de Cerny. Nouvelle économie, nouvelle société au Néolithique}, editor = {Constantin, C. and Mordant, D. and Simonin, D.}, pages = {489--98}, publisher = {Mémoires du Musée de Préhistoire d'Île-de-France, no. 6}, title = {La nécropole de Balloy «Les Réaudins»: approche archéo-anthropologique}, year = {1997} } - P. Chambon, “Revoir passy à la lumière de balloy: les nécropoles monumentales cerny du bassin seine-yonne,” Bulletin de la société préhistorique française, vol. 100, p. 505–15, 2003.
[BibTeX]@article{Chambon2003a, author = {Chambon, P.}, journal = {Bulletin de la Société Préhistorique Française}, pages = {505--15}, title = {Revoir Passy à la lumière de Balloy: les nécropoles monumentales Cerny du bassin Seine-Yonne}, volume = {100}, year = {2003} } - P. Chambon, Les morts dans les sépultures collectives néolithiques en france. du cadavre aux restes ultimes, Paris: Cnrs éditions, 2003.
[BibTeX]@book{Chambon2003b, address = {Paris}, author = {Chambon, P.}, publisher = {CNRS Éditions}, series = {XXXVe supplément à Gallia Préhistoire}, title = {Les Morts dans les Sépultures Collectives Néolithiques en France. Du Cadavre aux Restes Ultimes}, year = {2003} } - A. Chancerel and J. Desloges, “Les sépultures pré-mégalithiques de basse-normandie,” in Sépultures d’occident et genèses des mégalithismes (9000–3500 avant notre ère), J. Guilaine, Ed., Paris: Éditions errance, 1998, p. 91–106.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Chancerel1998, address = {Paris}, author = {Chancerel, A. and Desloges, J.}, booktitle = {Sépultures d'Occident et genèses des mégalithismes (9000--3500 avant notre ère)}, editor = {Guilaine, J.}, pages = {91--106}, publisher = {Éditions Errance}, title = {Les sépultures pré-mégalithiques de Basse-Normandie}, year = {1998} } - R. Chapman, “The emergence of formal disposal areas and the “problem” of megalithic tombs in prehistoric europe,” in The archaeology of death, R. Chapman, I. Kinnes, and K. Randsborg, Eds., Cambridge: Cambridge university press, 1981, p. 71–81.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Chapman1981, address = {Cambridge}, author = {Chapman, R.}, booktitle = {The Archaeology of Death}, editor = {Chapman, R. and Kinnes, I. and Randsborg, K.}, pages = {71--81}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, series = {New Directions in Archaeology}, title = {The emergence of formal disposal areas and the ``problem'' of megalithic tombs in prehistoric Europe}, year = {1981} } - The archaeology of death, R. Chapman, I. Kinnes, and K. Randsborg, Eds., Cambridge: Cambridge university press, 1981.
[BibTeX]@book{Chapman1981b, address = {Cambridge}, editor = {Chapman, R. and Kinnes, I. and Randsborg, K.}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, series = {New Directions in Archaeology}, title = {The Archaeology of Death}, year = {1981} } - G. Clark, “The economic context of dolmens and passage graves in sweden,” in Ancient europe and the mediterranean, V. Markotic, Ed., Warminster: Aris and phillips, 1977, p. 35–49.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Clark1977, address = {Warminster}, author = {Clark, G.}, booktitle = {Ancient Europe and the Mediterranean}, editor = {Markotic, V.}, pages = {35--49}, publisher = {Aris and Phillips}, title = {The Economic Context of Dolmens and Passage Graves in Sweden}, year = {1977} } - E. M. Clifford, “The excavation of nympsfield long barrow,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 4, p. 188–213, 1938.
[BibTeX]@article{Clifford1938, author = {Clifford, E. M.}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, pages = {188--213}, title = {The excavation of Nympsfield long barrow}, volume = {4}, year = {1938} } - J. M. Coles and D. D. A. Simpson, “The excavation of a neolithic round barrow at pitnacree, perthshire, scotland,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 31, p. 34–57, 1965.
[BibTeX]@article{Coles1965, author = {Coles, J. M. and Simpson, D. D. A.}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, pages = {34--57}, title = {The Excavation of a Neolithic Round Barrow at Pitnacree, Perthshire, Scotland}, volume = {31}, year = {1965} } - G. Cooney, Landscapes of neolithic ireland, London: Routledge, 2000.
[BibTeX]@book{Cooney2000, address = {London}, author = {Cooney, G.}, publisher = {Routledge}, title = {Landscapes of Neolithic Ireland}, year = {2000} } - N. Coye, La préhistoire en parole et en acte. méthodes et enjeux de la pratique archéologique 1830–1950, Paris: L’harmattan, 1997.
[BibTeX]@book{Coye1997, address = {Paris}, author = {Coye, N.}, publisher = {L'Harmattan}, series = {Collection Histoire des Sciences Humaines}, title = {La Préhistoire en Parole et en Acte. Méthodes et enjeux de la pratique archéologique 1830--1950}, year = {1997} } - Set in stone. new approaches to neolithic monuments in scotland, V. Cummings and A. Pannett, Eds., Oxford: Oxbow books, 2005.
[BibTeX]@book{Cummings2005, address = {Oxford}, editor = {Cummings, V. and Pannett, A.}, publisher = {Oxbow Books}, title = {Set in Stone. New Approaches to Neolithic Monuments in Scotland}, year = {2005} } - J. L. Davidson and A. S. Henshall, The chambered cairns of orkney: an inventory of the structures and their contents, Edinburgh: Edinburgh university press, 1989.
[BibTeX]@book{Davidson1989, address = {Edinburgh}, author = {Davidson, J. L. and Henshall, A. S.}, publisher = {Edinburgh University Press}, title = {The Chambered Cairns of Orkney: an inventory of the structures and their contents}, year = {1989} } - T. Dehn and S. Hansen, “Doubleness in the construction of danish passage graves,” in Neolithic orkney in its european context, A. Ritchie, Ed., Cambridge: Mcdonald institute for archaeological research, 2000, p. 215–21.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Dehn2000, address = {Cambridge}, author = {Dehn, T. and Hansen, S.}, booktitle = {Neolithic Orkney in its European Context}, editor = {Ritchie, A.}, pages = {215--21}, publisher = {McDonald Institute for Archaeological Research}, title = {Doubleness in the Construction of Danish Passage Graves}, year = {2000} } - T. Dehn and S. Hansen, “Megalithic architecture in scandinavia,” in Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l’ouest de l’europe, R. Joussaume, L. Laporte, and C. Scarre, Eds., Niort: Conseil général des deux-sèvres, 2006, p. 39–61.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Dehn2006a, address = {Niort}, author = {Dehn, T. and Hansen, S.}, booktitle = {Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l'ouest de l'Europe}, editor = {Joussaume, R. and Laporte, L. and Scarre, C.}, pages = {39--61}, publisher = {Conseil Général des Deux-Sèvres}, title = {Megalithic architecture in Scandinavia}, year = {2006} } - T. Dehn and S. Hansen, “Birch bark in danish passage graves,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 14, p. 23–44, 2006.
[BibTeX]@article{Dehn2006b, author = {Dehn, T. and Hansen, S.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {23--44}, title = {Birch bark in Danish passage graves}, volume = {14}, year = {2006} } - T. Dehn and S. Hansen, “Examples of megalithic technology and architecture in denmark,” in Tussen d26 en p14: jan albert bakker 65 jaar, J. H. F. Bloemers, Ed., Amsterdam: Amsterdams archeologisch centrum, 2007, p. 17–31.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Dehn2007, address = {Amsterdam}, author = {Dehn, T. and Hansen, S.}, booktitle = {Tussen D26 en P14: Jan Albert Bakker 65 jaar}, editor = {Bloemers, J. H. F.}, pages = {17--31}, publisher = {Amsterdams Archeologisch Centrum}, title = {Examples of megalithic technology and architecture in Denmark}, year = {2007} } - T. Dehn, S. Hansen, and F. Kaul, Kong svends høj. restaureringer og undersøgelser på lolland 1991, Copenhagen: Skov- og naturstyrelsen, 1995.
[BibTeX]@book{Dehn1995, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Dehn, T. and Hansen, S. and Kaul, F.}, publisher = {Skov- og Naturstyrelsen}, series = {Stenaldergrave i Danmark, Bind 1}, title = {Kong Svends Høj. Restaureringer og undersøgelser på Lolland 1991}, year = {1995} } - T. Dehn, S. Hansen, and F. Kaul, Klekkendehøj og jordehøj. restaureringer og undersøgelser 1985–90, Copenhagen: Skov- og naturstyrelsen, 2000.
[BibTeX]@book{Dehn2000b, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Dehn, T. and Hansen, S. and Kaul, F.}, publisher = {Skov- og Naturstyrelsen}, series = {Stenaldergrave i Danmark, Bind 2}, title = {Klekkendehøj og Jordehøj. Restaureringer og undersøgelser 1985--90}, year = {2000} } - T. Dehn, S. Hansen, and J. Westphal, “Jættestuen birkehøj. restaureringen af en 5000 år gammel storstensgrav,” Nationalmuseets arbejdsmark, p. 153–73, 2004.
[BibTeX]@article{Dehn2004, author = {Dehn, T. and Hansen, S. and Westphal, J.}, journal = {Nationalmuseets Arbejdsmark}, pages = {153--73}, title = {Jættestuen Birkehøj. Restaureringen af en 5000 år gammel storstensgrav}, year = {2004} } - K. Ebbesen, Die jüngere trichterbecherkultur auf den dänischen inseln, Copenhagen: Akademisk forlag, 1975.
[BibTeX]@book{Ebbesen1975, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Ebbesen, K.}, publisher = {Akademisk Forlag}, title = {Die jüngere Trichterbecherkultur auf den dänischen Inseln}, year = {1975} } - K. Ebbesen, Tragtbægerkultur i nordjylland, studier over jættestuetiden, Copenhagen: Det kongelige nordiske oldskriftselskab, 1978.
[BibTeX]@book{Ebbesen1978, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Ebbesen, K.}, publisher = {Det Kongelige Nordiske Oldskriftselskab}, title = {Tragtbægerkultur i Nordjylland, Studier over Jættestuetiden}, year = {1978} } - K. Ebbesen, Stordyssen i vedsted, studier over tragtbægerkulturen i sønderjylland, Copenhagen: Akademisk forlag, 1979.
[BibTeX]@book{Ebbesen1979, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Ebbesen, K.}, publisher = {Akademisk Forlag}, title = {Stordyssen i Vedsted, Studier over tragtbægerkulturen i Sønderjylland}, year = {1979} } - K. Ebbesen, “Yngre stenalders depotfund som bebyggelsehistorisk kildemateriale,” in Om yngre stenalders bebyggelseshistorie, H. Thrane, Ed., Odense: Skrifter fra historisk institut, 1982, p. 60–79.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Ebbesen1982, address = {Odense}, author = {Ebbesen, K.}, booktitle = {Om Yngre Stenalders Bebyggelseshistorie}, editor = {Thrane, H.}, pages = {60--79}, publisher = {Skrifter fra Historisk Institut}, title = {Yngre stenalders depotfund som bebyggelsehistorisk kildemateriale}, year = {1982} } - K. Ebbesen, Fortidsminderegistering i danmark, Copenhagen: Fredningsstyrelsen, 1985.
[BibTeX]@book{Ebbesen1985, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Ebbesen, K.}, publisher = {Fredningsstyrelsen}, title = {Fortidsminderegistering i Danmark}, year = {1985} } - K. Ebbesen, “Bornholms dysser og jættestuer,” Særtryk af bornholmske samlinger, p. 175–211, 1986.
[BibTeX]@article{Ebbesen1986b, author = {Ebbesen, K.}, journal = {Særtryk af Bornholmske Samlinger}, pages = {175--211}, title = {Bornholms dysser og jættestuer}, year = {1986} } - K. Ebbesen, “The long dolmen at grøfte, south-west zealand,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 7, p. 53–69, 1990.
[BibTeX]@article{Ebbesen1990, author = {Ebbesen, K.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {53--69}, title = {The Long Dolmen at Grøfte, South-West Zealand}, volume = {7}, year = {1990} } - K. Ebbesen, “Die nordischen bernsteinhorte der trichterbecherkultur,” Praehistorische zeitschrift, vol. 70, p. 32–89, 1995.
[BibTeX]@article{Ebbesen1995, author = {Ebbesen, K.}, journal = {Praehistorische Zeitschrift}, pages = {32--89}, title = {Die nordischen Bernsteinhorte der Trichterbecherkultur}, volume = {70}, year = {1995} } - J. Eckert, “Das großsteingrab in rheine,” in Rheine gestern – heute – morgen. expedition in die vergangenheit, archäologische bodenschätze aus rheine 1999, Rheine: Greven, 1999, p. 96–105.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Eckert1999, address = {Rheine}, author = {Eckert, J.}, booktitle = {Rheine gestern -- heute -- morgen. Expedition in die Vergangenheit, Archäologische Bodenschätze aus Rheine 1999}, pages = {96--105}, publisher = {Greven}, title = {Das Großsteingrab in Rheine}, year = {1999} } - G. Eogan, “Overlays and underlays: aspects of megalithic art succession at burgh na bóinne, ireland,” in Iii coloquio internacional de arte megalítico: actas, la coruña, J. M. Bello Diéguez, Ed., , 1997, p. 217–34.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Eogan1997, author = {Eogan, G.}, booktitle = {III Coloquio internacional de arte megalítico: Actas, La Coruña}, editor = {Bello Diéguez, J. M.}, pages = {217--34}, series = {Brigantium 10}, title = {Overlays and underlays: Aspects of megalithic art succession at Burgh na Bóinne, Ireland}, year = {1997} } - P. Eriksen, Poskær stenhus, myter og virkelighed, Moesgård: Moesgård museum, 1999.
[BibTeX]@book{Eriksen1999, address = {Moesgård}, author = {Eriksen, P.}, publisher = {Moesgård Museum}, title = {Poskær Stenhus, Myter og Virkelighed}, year = {1999} } - P. Eriksen, “Ramper og stilladser. løft af store sten i oldtiden,” Kuml, p. 65–106, 2002.
[BibTeX]@article{Eriksen2002, author = {Eriksen, P.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {65--106}, title = {Ramper og stilladser. Løft af store sten i oldtiden}, year = {2002} } - P. Eriksen, “Newgrange og den hvide mur,” Kuml, p. 45–76, 2004.
[BibTeX]@article{Eriksen2004, author = {Eriksen, P.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {45--76}, title = {Newgrange og den hvide mur}, year = {2004} } - K. Fabricius and C. J. Becker, Stendyngegrave og kulthuse. studier over tragtbægerkulturen i nord- og vestjylland, Copenhagen: Akademisk forlag, 1996.
[BibTeX]@book{Fabricius1996, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Fabricius, K. and Becker, C. J.}, publisher = {Akademisk Forlag}, series = {Arkæologiske Studier XI}, title = {Stendyngegrave og Kulthuse. Studier over Tragtbægerkulturen i Nord- og Vestjylland}, year = {1996} } - M. Fansa, “Die keramik der trichterbecherkultur aus dem megalithgrab i von ostenwalde, kreis aschendorf-hümmling,” Neue ausgrabungen und forschungen in niedersachsen, vol. 12, p. 33–77, 1978.
[BibTeX]@article{Fansa1978, author = {Fansa, M.}, journal = {Neue Ausgrabungen und Forschungen in Niedersachsen}, pages = {33--77}, title = {Die Keramik der Trichterbecherkultur aus dem Megalithgrab I von Ostenwalde, Kreis Aschendorf-Hümmling}, volume = {12}, year = {1978} } - A. Fischer, “Trade in danubian shaft-hole axes and the introduction of neolithic economy in denmark,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 1, p. 7–12, 1982.
[BibTeX]@article{Fischer1982, author = {Fischer, A.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {7--12}, title = {Trade in Danubian shaft-hole axes and the introduction of Neolithic economy in Denmark}, volume = {1}, year = {1982} } - U. Fischer, Die gräber der steinzeit im saalegebiet, Berlin: Walter de gruyter & co., 1956.
[BibTeX]@book{FischerU1956, address = {Berlin}, author = {Fischer, U.}, publisher = {Walter de Gruyter \& Co.}, title = {Die Gräber der Steinzeit im Saalegebiet}, year = {1956} } - F. VII, Om bygningsmaaden af oldtidens jættestuer, Copenhagen: Berlingske bogtrykkeri ved l. n. kalckar, 1862.
[BibTeX]@book{Frederik1862, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Frederik VII}, publisher = {Berlingske Bogtrykkeri ved L. N. Kalckar}, title = {Om Bygningsmaaden af Oldtidens Jættestuer}, year = {1862} } - B. Fritsch and J. Müller, “Die megalithgräber in der altmark,” in Hünengräber – siedlungen – gräberfelder, archäologie in der altmark, band 1, B. Fritsch, Ed., Oschersleben: Dr. ziethen verlag, 2002, p. 63–73.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Fritsch2002, address = {Oschersleben}, author = {Fritsch, B. and Müller, J.}, booktitle = {Hünengräber -- Siedlungen -- Gräberfelder, Archäologie in der Altmark, Band 1}, editor = {Fritsch, B.}, pages = {63--73}, publisher = {Dr. Ziethen Verlag}, title = {Die Megalithgräber in der Altmark}, year = {2002} } - I. Gabriel, “Das megalithgrab zu tannenhausen, kreis aurich,” Neue ausgrabungen und forschungen in niedersachsen, vol. 3, p. 82–101, 1966.
[BibTeX]@article{Gabriel1966, author = {Gabriel, I.}, journal = {Neue Ausgrabungen und Forschungen in Niedersachsen}, pages = {82--101}, title = {Das Megalithgrab zu Tannenhausen, Kreis Aurich}, volume = {3}, year = {1966} } - O. -F. Gandert, “Zur frage der rinderanschirrung im neolithikum,” Jahrbuch des römisch-germanischen zentralmuseums mainz, vol. 11, p. 34–56, 1964.
[BibTeX]@article{Gandert1964, author = {Gandert, O.-F.}, journal = {Jahrbuch des Römisch-Germanischen Zentralmuseums Mainz}, pages = {34--56}, title = {Zur Frage der Rinderanschirrung im Neolithikum}, volume = {11}, year = {1964} } - A. B. Gebauer, “The long dolmen at asnæs forskov, west zealand,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 7, p. 40–52, 1990.
[BibTeX]@article{Gebauer1990, author = {Gebauer, A. B.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {40--52}, title = {The Long Dolmen at Asnæs Forskov, West Zealand}, volume = {7}, year = {1990} } - O. Gehl, “Das baumaterial der megalithgräber in mecklenburg,” in Die mecklenburgischen megalithgräber, E. Schuldt, Ed., Berlin: Deutscher verlag der wissenschaften, 1972, p. 109–15.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Gehl1972, address = {Berlin}, author = {Gehl, O.}, booktitle = {Die mecklenburgischen Megalithgräber}, editor = {Schuldt, E.}, pages = {109--15}, publisher = {Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften}, title = {Das Baumaterial der Megalithgräber in Mecklenburg}, year = {1972} } - P. -R. Giot, “The megaliths of france,” in The megalithic monuments of western europe, C. Renfrew, Ed., London: Thames and hudson, 1981, p. 18–20.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Giot1981, address = {London}, author = {Giot, P.-R.}, booktitle = {The Megalithic Monuments of Western Europe}, editor = {Renfrew, C.}, pages = {18--20}, publisher = {Thames and Hudson}, title = {The Megaliths of France}, year = {1981} } - P. -R. Giot, Barnenez, carn, guennoc, Rennes: Travaux du laboratoire d’anthropologie, préhistoire, protohistoire et quaternaire armoricains, 1987.
[BibTeX]@book{Giot1987, address = {Rennes}, author = {Giot, P.-R.}, publisher = {Travaux du Laboratoire d'Anthropologie, Préhistoire, Protohistoire et Quaternaire Armoricains}, title = {Barnenez, Carn, Guennoc}, year = {1987} } - P. V. Glob, “Barkær. danmarks ældste landsby,” Nationalmuseets arbejdsmark, p. 5–16, 1949.
[BibTeX]@article{Glob1949, author = {Glob, P. V.}, journal = {Nationalmuseets Arbejdsmark}, pages = {5--16}, title = {Barkær. Danmarks ældste landsby}, year = {1949} } - B. Gräslund, “Prehistoric soul beliefs in northern europe,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 60, p. 15–26, 1994.
[BibTeX]@article{Groslund1994, author = {Gräslund, B.}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, pages = {15--26}, title = {Prehistoric Soul Beliefs in Northern Europe}, volume = {60}, year = {1994} } - S. Hansen, Jættestuer i danmark, konstruktion og restaurering, Copenhagen: Skov- og naturstyrelsen, 1993.
[BibTeX]@book{Hansen1993, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Hansen, S.}, publisher = {Skov- og Naturstyrelsen}, title = {Jættestuer i Danmark, Konstruktion og restaurering}, year = {1993} } - B. Hårdh, “The megalithic grave area around the lödde-kävlinge river,” Meddelanden från lunds universitets historiska museum, vol. 4, p. 29–47, 1982.
[BibTeX]@article{Hardh1982, author = {Hårdh, B.}, journal = {Meddelanden från Lunds universitets historiska museum}, pages = {29--47}, series = {New Series}, title = {The Megalithic Grave Area around the Lödde-Kävlinge River}, volume = {4}, year = {1982} } - B. Hårdh, Ceramic decoration and social organisation: regional variation seen in material from south swedish passage-graves, Lund: Cwk gleerup, 1986.
[BibTeX]@book{Hardh1986, address = {Lund}, author = {Hårdh, B.}, publisher = {CWK Gleerup}, series = {Scripta Minora 1985--1986:1}, title = {Ceramic Decoration and Social Organisation: Regional Variation Seen in Material from South Swedish Passage-Graves}, year = {1986} } - B. Hårdh, Patterns of deposition and settlement: studies on the megalithic tombs of west scania, Stockholm: Almqvist & wiksell international, 1989.
[BibTeX]@book{Hardh1989, address = {Stockholm}, author = {Hårdh, B.}, publisher = {Almqvist \& Wiksell International}, series = {Scripta Minora 1988--1989:2}, title = {Patterns of Deposition and Settlement: Studies on the Megalithic Tombs of West Scania}, year = {1989} } - B. Hårdh and J. Bergström, “Red walling in passage-tombs,” Meddelanden från lunds universitets historiska museum, vol. 7, p. 40–52, 1988.
[BibTeX]@article{Hardh1988, author = {Hårdh, B. and Bergström, J.}, journal = {Meddelanden från Lunds universitets historiska museum}, pages = {40--52}, series = {New Series}, title = {Red Walling in Passage-tombs}, volume = {7}, year = {1988} } - H. Haßmann, Die steinartefakte der befestigten neolithischen siedlung von büdelsdorf, kreis rendsburg-eckernförde, Bonn: Dr. rudolf habelt gmbh, 2000.
[BibTeX]@book{Hassmann2000, address = {Bonn}, author = {Haßmann, H.}, publisher = {Dr. Rudolf Habelt GmbH}, series = {Universitätsforschungen zur prähistorischen Archäologie, Band 62}, title = {Die Steinartefakte der befestigten neolithischen Siedlung von Büdelsdorf, Kreis Rendsburg-Eckernförde}, year = {2000} } - H. Hayen, “Peatbog archaeology in lower saxony, west germany,” in European wetlands in prehistory, J. M. Coles and A. J. Lawson, Eds., Oxford: Clarendon, 1987, p. 117–226.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Hayen1987, address = {Oxford}, author = {Hayen, H.}, booktitle = {European Wetlands in Prehistory}, editor = {Coles, J. M. and Lawson, A. J.}, pages = {117--226}, publisher = {Clarendon}, title = {Peatbog Archaeology in Lower Saxony, West Germany}, year = {1987} } - J. Hedges, Tomb of the eagles, London: John murray, 1984.
[BibTeX]@book{Hedges1984, address = {London}, author = {Hedges, J.}, publisher = {John Murray}, title = {Tomb of the Eagles}, year = {1984} } - M. Helms, Ulysses’ sail. an ethnographic odyssey of power, knowledge, and geographical distance, Princeton: Princeton university press, 1988.
[BibTeX]@book{Helms1988, address = {Princeton}, author = {Helms, M.}, publisher = {Princeton University Press}, title = {Ulysses' Sail. An Ethnographic Odyssey of Power, Knowledge, and Geographical Distance}, year = {1988} } - M. Helms, Craft and the kingly ideal. art, trade, and power, Austin: University of texas press, 1993.
[BibTeX]@book{Helms1993, address = {Austin}, author = {Helms, M.}, publisher = {University of Texas Press}, title = {Craft and the Kingly Ideal. Art, Trade, and Power}, year = {1993} } - M. Helms, Access to origins. affines, ancestors and aristocrats, Austin: University of texas press, 1998.
[BibTeX]@book{Helms1998, address = {Austin}, author = {Helms, M.}, publisher = {University of Texas Press}, title = {Access to Origins. Affines, Ancestors and Aristocrats}, year = {1998} } - A. S. Henshall, The chambered tombs of scotland, Edinburgh: Edinburgh university press, 1963.
[BibTeX]@book{Henshall1963, address = {Edinburgh}, author = {Henshall, A. S.}, publisher = {Edinburgh University Press}, title = {The Chambered Tombs of Scotland}, year = {1963} } - R. Hertz, Death and the right hand, Aberdeen: Cohen and west, 1960.
[BibTeX]@book{Hertz1960, address = {Aberdeen}, author = {Hertz, R.}, note = {Translated by Rodney and Claudia Needham}, publisher = {Cohen and West}, title = {Death and The Right Hand}, year = {1960} } - H. Hingst, “Ein befestigtes dorf aus der jungsteinzeit in büdelsdorf, kr. rendsburg-eckerförde,” Offa, vol. 28, p. 90–93, 1971.
[BibTeX]@article{Hingst1971, author = {Hingst, H.}, journal = {Offa}, pages = {90--93}, title = {Ein befestigtes Dorf aus der Jungsteinzeit in Büdelsdorf, Kr. Rendsburg-Eckerförde}, volume = {28}, year = {1971} } - I. Hodder and P. Shand, “The haddenham long barrow: an interim report,” Antiquity, vol. 62, p. 349–53, 1988.
[BibTeX]@article{Hodder1988, author = {Hodder, I. and Shand, P.}, journal = {Antiquity}, pages = {349--53}, title = {The Haddenham long barrow: an interim report}, volume = {62}, year = {1988} } - J. Hoika, “Die bedeutung des oldenburger grabens für besiedlung und verkehr im neolithikum,” Offa, vol. 43, p. 185–208, 1986.
[BibTeX]@article{Hoika1986, author = {Hoika, J.}, journal = {Offa}, pages = {185--208}, title = {Die Bedeutung des Oldenburger Grabens für Besiedlung und Verkehr im Neolithikum}, volume = {43}, year = {1986} } - J. Hoika, “Trichterbecherkultur – megalithkultur? überlegungen zum bestattungsbrauchtum der trichterbecherkultur in schleswig-holstein und mecklenburg,” in Studien zur megalithik: forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische perspektiven, K. W. Beinhauer, G. Cooney, C. Guksch, and S. Kus, Eds., Weissbach: Verlag beier & beran, 1999, p. 173–98.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Hoika1999, address = {Weissbach}, author = {Hoika, J.}, booktitle = {Studien zur Megalithik: Forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische Perspektiven}, editor = {Beinhauer, K. W. and Cooney, G. and Guksch, C. and Kus, S.}, pages = {173--98}, publisher = {Verlag Beier \& Beran}, title = {Trichterbecherkultur -- Megalithkultur? Überlegungen zum Bestattungsbrauchtum der Trichterbecherkultur in Schleswig-Holstein und Mecklenburg}, year = {1999} } - R. Holsten and G. Zahnow, “Die steinzeitlichen gräber des kreises pyritz,” Mannus, vol. 1/2, p. 104–34, 1920.
[BibTeX]@article{Holsten1920, author = {Holsten, R. and Zahnow, G.}, journal = {Mannus}, pages = {104--34}, title = {Die steinzeitlichen Gräber des Kreises Pyritz}, volume = {1/2}, year = {1920} } - L. Holten, “Death, danger, destruction and unintended megaliths: an essay on human classification and its material and social consequences in the neolithic of south scandinavia,” in Neolithic orkney in its european context, A. Ritchie, Ed., Cambridge: Mcdonald institute for archaeological research, 2000, p. 287–97.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Holten2000, address = {Cambridge}, author = {Holten, L.}, booktitle = {Neolithic Orkney in its European Context}, editor = {Ritchie, A.}, pages = {287--97}, publisher = {McDonald Institute for Archaeological Research}, title = {Death, Danger, Destruction and Unintended Megaliths: an Essay on Human Classification and its Material and Social Consequences in the Neolithic of South Scandinavia}, year = {2000} } - K. H. Jacob-Friesen, “Die “sieben steinhäuser” im kreise fallingbostel,” Führer zu urgeschichtlichen fundstätten niedersachsens, vol. 1, p. 3–24, 1925.
[BibTeX]@article{JacobFriesen1925, author = {Jacob-Friesen, K. H.}, journal = {Führer zu urgeschichtlichen Fundstätten Niedersachsens}, pages = {3--24}, title = {Die ``Sieben Steinhäuser'' im Kreise Fallingbostel}, volume = {1}, year = {1925} } - B. Jacobsson, “The skogsdala dolmen. a long dolmen beneath a bronze age burial mound at skogsdal, south scania, sweden,” Meddelanden från lunds universitets historiska museum, p. 84–114, 1986.
[BibTeX]@article{Jacobsson1986, author = {Jacobsson, B.}, journal = {Meddelanden från Lunds universitets historiska museum}, pages = {84--114}, title = {The Skogsdala Dolmen. A Long Dolmen beneath a Bronze Age Burial Mound at Skogsdal, South Scania, Sweden}, year = {1986} } - S. W. Jager, “A prehistoric route and ancient cart-tracks in the gemeente of anloo (province drenthe),” Palaeohistoria, vol. 27, p. 185–245, 1985.
[BibTeX]@article{Jager1985, author = {Jager, S. W.}, journal = {Palaeohistoria}, pages = {185--245}, title = {A prehistoric route and ancient cart-tracks in the Gemeente of Anloo (Province Drenthe)}, volume = {27}, year = {1985} } - D. Jankowska, “Megalithik und kujawische gräber,” in Studien zur megalithik: forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische perspektiven, K. W. Beinhauer, G. Cooney, C. Guksch, and S. Kus, Eds., Weissbach: Verlag beier & beran, 1999, p. 215–26.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Jankowska1999, address = {Weissbach}, author = {Jankowska, D.}, booktitle = {Studien zur Megalithik: Forschungsstand und ethnoarchäologische Perspektiven}, editor = {Beinhauer, K. W. and Cooney, G. and Guksch, C. and Kus, S.}, pages = {215--26}, publisher = {Verlag Beier \& Beran}, title = {Megalithik und kujawische Gräber}, year = {1999} } - B. -J. Johansen, Øm jættestue. en stenaldergrav i danmark, Lejre: Little creek publishing, 2003.
[BibTeX]@book{Johansen2003, address = {Lejre}, author = {Johansen, B.-J.}, publisher = {Little Creek Publishing}, title = {Øm Jættestue. En stenaldergrav i Danmark}, year = {2003} } - L. Johansson, “Bistoft la 11. siedlungs- und wirtschaftsformen im frühen neolithikum norddeutschlands und südskandinaviens,” Offa, vol. 38, p. 91–129, 1982.
[BibTeX]@article{Johansson1982, author = {Johansson, L.}, journal = {Offa}, pages = {91--129}, title = {Bistoft LA 11. Siedlungs- und Wirtschaftsformen im frühen Neolithikum Norddeutschlands und Südskandinaviens}, volume = {38}, year = {1982} } - A. Jones, “Local colour: megalithic architecture and colour symbolism in neolithic arran,” Oxford journal of archaeology, vol. 18, p. 339–50, 1999.
[BibTeX]@article{Jones1999, author = {Jones, A.}, journal = {Oxford Journal of Archaeology}, pages = {339--50}, title = {Local Colour: Megalithic Architecture and Colour Symbolism in Neolithic Arran}, volume = {18}, year = {1999} } - Colouring the past. the significance of colour in archaeological research, A. Jones and G. MacGregor, Eds., Oxford: Berg, 2002.
[BibTeX]@book{Jones2002, address = {Oxford}, editor = {Jones, A. and MacGregor, G.}, publisher = {Berg}, title = {Colouring the Past. The Significance of Colour in Archaeological Research}, year = {2002} } - E. Jørgensen, Hagebrogård – vroue – koldkur. neolithische gräberfelder aus nordwest-jütland, Copenhagen: Akademisk forlag, 1977.
[BibTeX]@book{Jorgensen1977a, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Jørgensen, E.}, publisher = {Akademisk Forlag}, series = {Arkæologiske Studier IV}, title = {Hagebrogård -- Vroue -- Koldkur. Neolithische Gräberfelder aus Nordwest-Jütland}, year = {1977} } - E. Jørgensen, “Brændende landgysser,” Skalk, p. 7–13, 1977.
[BibTeX]@article{Jorgensen1977b, author = {Jørgensen, E.}, journal = {Skalk}, pages = {7--13}, title = {Brændende Landgysser}, year = {1977} } - R. Joussaume, “Les longs tumulus du centre-ouest de la france,” in O neolítico atlántico e as orixes do megalitismo, R. R. Casal, Ed., Universidade de santiago de compostela, 1997, p. 279–97.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Joussaume1997, author = {Joussaume, R.}, booktitle = {O Neolítico Atlántico e as Orixes do Megalitismo}, editor = {Casal, R. R.}, pages = {279--97}, publisher = {Universidade de Santiago de Compostela}, title = {Les longs tumulus du Centre-Ouest de la France}, year = {1997} } - R. Joussaume, “Les tumulus de champ-châlon à benon,” in Les premiers paysans du golfe. le néolithique dans le marais poitevin, R. Joussaume, Ed., Chauray: Éditions patrimoines et médias, 1998, p. 58–9.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Joussaume1998, address = {Chauray}, author = {Joussaume, R.}, booktitle = {Les premiers paysans du Golfe. Le Néolithique dans le Marais poitevin}, editor = {Joussaume, R.}, pages = {58--9}, publisher = {Éditions Patrimoines et Médias}, title = {Les Tumulus de Champ-Châlon à Benon}, year = {1998} } - R. Joussaume, Les charpentiers de la pierre. monuments mégalithiques dans le monde, Paris: La maison des roches, 2003.
[BibTeX]@book{Joussaume2003, address = {Paris}, author = {Joussaume, R.}, publisher = {La Maison des Roches}, title = {Les Charpentiers de la pierre. Monuments mégalithiques dans le monde}, year = {2003} } - R. Joussaume and L. Laporte, “Monuments funéraires néolithiques dans l’ouest de la france,” in Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l’ouest de l’europe, R. Joussaume, L. Laporte, and C. Scarre, Eds., Niort: Conseil général des deux-sèvres, 2006, p. 319–43.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Joussaume2006, address = {Niort}, author = {Joussaume, R. and Laporte, L.}, booktitle = {Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l'ouest de l'Europe}, editor = {Joussaume, R. and Laporte, L. and Scarre, C.}, pages = {319--43}, publisher = {Conseil Général des Deux-Sèvres}, title = {Monuments funéraires néolithiques dans l'ouest de la France}, year = {2006} } - Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l’ouest de l’europeNiort: Conseil général des deux-sèvres, 2006.
[BibTeX]@proceedings{Joussaume2006b, address = {Niort}, editor = {Joussaume, R. and Laporte, L. and Scarre, C.}, note = {Colloque international du 26 au 30 octobre 2002, Musée des Tumulus de Bougon}, publisher = {Conseil Général des Deux-Sèvres}, title = {Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l'ouest de l'Europe}, year = {2006} } - L. Kaelas, “Megaliths of the funnel beaker culture in germany and scandinavia,” in The megalithic monuments of western europe, C. Renfrew, Ed., London: Thames and hudson, 1983, p. 77–91.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Kaelas1983, address = {London}, author = {Kaelas, L.}, booktitle = {The Megalithic Monuments of Western Europe}, editor = {Renfrew, C.}, pages = {77--91}, publisher = {Thames and Hudson}, title = {Megaliths of the Funnel Beaker Culture in Germany and Scandinavia}, year = {1983} } - P. Karsten, Att kasta yxan i sjön. en studie över rituell tradition och förändring utifrån skånska neolitiska offerfynd, Stockholm: Almqvist & wiksell international, 1994.
[BibTeX]@book{Karsten1994, address = {Stockholm}, author = {Karsten, P.}, publisher = {Almqvist \& Wiksell International}, series = {Acta Archaeologica Ludensia, Series IN 8, No. 23}, title = {Att kasta yxan i sjön. En studie över rituell tradition och förändring utifrån skånska neolitiska offerfynd}, year = {1994} } - F. Kaul, “Neolitiske gravanlæg på onsved mark, horns herred, sjælland,” Aarbøger, p. 27–83, 1988.
[BibTeX]@article{Kaul1988, author = {Kaul, F.}, journal = {Aarbøger}, pages = {27--83}, title = {Neolitiske gravanlæg på Onsved Mark, Horns Herred, Sjælland}, year = {1988} } - F. Kaul, “Ritualer med menneskeknogler i yngre stenalder,” Kuml, p. 7–49, 1994.
[BibTeX]@article{Kaul1994, author = {Kaul, F.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {7--49}, title = {Ritualer med menneskeknogler i yngre stenalder}, year = {1994} } - F. Kaul, “Recent finds of miniature “megalithic” art from the island of bornholm and from scania,” in O neolitico atlántico e as orixes do megalitismo, A. Casal, Ed., Universidade de santiago de compostela, 1997, p. 161–72.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Kaul1997, author = {Kaul, F.}, booktitle = {O Neolitico Atlántico e as Orixes do Megalitismo}, editor = {Casal, A.}, pages = {161--72}, publisher = {Universidade de Santiago de Compostela}, title = {Recent finds of miniature ``megalithic'' art from the island of Bornholm and from Scania}, year = {1997} } - F. Kaul, F. O. Nielsen, and P. O. Nielsen, “Vasagård og rispebjerg. to indhegnede bopladser fra yngre stenalder på bornholm,” Nationalmuseets arbejdsmark, p. 119–38, 2002.
[BibTeX]@article{Kaul2002, author = {Kaul, F. and Nielsen, F.O. and Nielsen, P.O.}, journal = {Nationalmuseets Arbejdsmark}, pages = {119--38}, title = {Vasagård og Rispebjerg. To indhegnede bopladser fra yngre stenalder på Bornholm}, year = {2002} } - K. Kersten and P. La Baume, Vorgeschichte der nordfriesischen inseln, Neumünster: Karl wachholtz, 1958.
[BibTeX]@book{Kersten1958, address = {Neumünster}, author = {Kersten, K. and La Baume, P.}, publisher = {Karl Wachholtz}, series = {Veröffentlichungen das Landesamtes für Vor- und Frühgeschichte in Schleswig}, title = {Vorgeschichte der nordfriesischen Inseln}, year = {1958} } - E. Kirsch, Beiträge zur älteren trichterbecherkultur in brandenburg, Potsdam: Brandenburgisches landesmuseum für ur- und frühgeschichte, 1994.
[BibTeX]@book{Kirsch1994, address = {Potsdam}, author = {Kirsch, E.}, publisher = {Brandenburgisches Landesmuseum für Ur- und Frühgeschichte}, title = {Beiträge zur älteren Trichterbecherkultur in Brandenburg}, year = {1994} } - P. Kjærum, “Tempelhus fra stenalder,” Kuml, p. 7–35, 1955.
[BibTeX]@article{Kjarum1955, author = {Kjærum, P.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {7--35}, title = {Tempelhus fra Stenalder}, year = {1955} } - P. Kjærum, “Storstensgrave ved tustrup,” Kuml, p. 9–23, 1957.
[BibTeX]@article{Kjarum1957, author = {Kjærum, P.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {9--23}, title = {Storstensgrave ved Tustrup}, year = {1957} } - P. Kjærum, “Jættestuen jordhøj,” Kuml, p. 9–66, 1969.
[BibTeX]@article{Kjarum1969, author = {Kjærum, P.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {9--66}, title = {Jættestuen Jordhøj}, year = {1969} } - P. Kjærum, “En langhøjs tilblivelse,” Antikvariske studier, p. 19–26, 1977.
[BibTeX]@article{Kjarum1977, author = {Kjærum, P.}, journal = {Antikvariske Studier}, pages = {19--26}, title = {En Langhøjs Tilblivelse}, year = {1977} } - L. Klassen, “Prestigeøkser af sjældne alpine bjergarter: en glemt og overset fundgruppe fra ældre stenalderens slutning i danmark,” Kuml, p. 11–51, 1999.
[BibTeX]@article{Klassen1999, author = {Klassen, L.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {11--51}, title = {Prestigeøkser af sjældne alpine bjergarter: en glemt og overset fundgruppe fra ældre stenalderens slutning i Danmark}, year = {1999} } - L. Klassen, Frühes kupfer im norden. untersuchungen zu chronologie, herkunft und bedeutung der kupferfunde der nordgruppe der trichterbecherkultur, Moesgård: Jysk arkæologisk selskab, 2000.
[BibTeX]@book{Klassen2000, address = {Moesgård}, author = {Klassen, L.}, publisher = {Jysk Arkæologisk Selskab}, title = {Frühes Kupfer im Norden. Untersuchungen zu Chronologie, Herkunft und Bedeutung der Kupferfunde der Nordgruppe der Trichterbecherkultur}, year = {2000} } - L. Klassen, Jade und kupfer. untersuchungen zum neolithisierungsprozess im westlichen ostseeraum unter besonderer berücksichtigung der kulturentwicklung europas 5500–3500 bc, Moesgård: Jysk arkæologisk selskab, 2004.
[BibTeX]@book{Klassen2004, address = {Moesgård}, author = {Klassen, L.}, publisher = {Jysk Arkæologisk Selskab}, title = {Jade und Kupfer. Untersuchungen zum Neolithisierungsprozess im westlichen Ostseeraum unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Kulturentwicklung Europas 5500--3500 BC}, year = {2004} } - H. Knöll, Die nordwestdeutsche tiefstichkeramik und ihre stellung im nord- und mitteleuropäischen neolithikum, Münster: Aschendorffsche verlagsbuchhandlung, 1959.
[BibTeX]@book{Knoll1959, address = {Münster}, author = {Knöll, H.}, publisher = {Aschendorffsche Verlagsbuchhandlung}, title = {Die nordwestdeutsche Tiefstichkeramik und ihre Stellung im nord- und mitteleuropäischen Neolithikum}, year = {1959} } - H. Knöll, Die megalithgräber von lengerich-wechte (kreis steinfurt), Münster: Aschendorff, 1983.
[BibTeX]@book{Knoll1983, address = {Münster}, author = {Knöll, H.}, publisher = {Aschendorff}, title = {Die Megalithgräber von Lengerich-Wechte (Kreis Steinfurt)}, year = {1983} } - E. Koch, Neolithic bog pots from zealand, møn, lolland and falster, Copenhagen: Det kongelige nordiske oldskriftselskab, 1998.
[BibTeX]@book{Koch1998, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Koch, E.}, publisher = {Det Kongelige Nordiske Oldskriftselskab}, title = {Neolithic Bog Pots from Zealand, Møn, Lolland and Falster}, year = {1998} } - I. Kopytkoff, “Ancestors as elders in africa,” Africa, vol. 41, p. 129–42, 1971.
[BibTeX]@article{Kopytkoff1971, author = {Kopytkoff, I.}, journal = {Africa}, pages = {129--42}, title = {Ancestors as Elders in Africa}, volume = {41}, year = {1971} } - G. Körner and F. Laux, Ein königreich an der luhe, Lüneburg: Museumsverein für das fürstentum lüneburg, 1980.
[BibTeX]@book{Korner1980, address = {Lüneburg}, author = {Körner, G. and Laux, F.}, publisher = {Museumsverein für das Fürstentum Lüneburg}, title = {Ein Königreich an der Luhe}, year = {1980} } - R. Kossian, “The neolithic settlement site “hunte 1” near lake dümmer, in diepholz district (lower saxony, germany) – a survey,” in Peatlands: archaeological sites – archives of nature – nature conservation – wise use, A. Bauerochse and H. Haßmann, Eds., Rahden/Westf.: Verlag marie leidorf, 2003, p. 79–88.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Kossian2003, address = {Rahden/Westf.}, author = {Kossian, R.}, booktitle = {Peatlands: archaeological sites -- archives of nature -- nature conservation -- wise use}, editor = {Bauerochse, A. and Haßmann, H.}, pages = {79--88}, publisher = {Verlag Marie Leidorf}, title = {The Neolithic settlement site ``Hunte 1'' near lake Dümmer, in Diepholz District (Lower Saxony, Germany) -- a survey}, year = {2003} } - W. Kozak-Zychman and E. Gauda-Pilarska, “Charakterystyka antropologiczna szczątków kostnych z grobów ludności kultury pucharów lejkowatych,” Archeologia polski środkowowschodniej, vol. 3, p. 56–60, 1998.
[BibTeX]@article{KozakZychman1998, author = {Kozak-Zychman, W. and Gauda-Pilarska, E.}, journal = {Archeologia Polski Środkowowschodniej}, pages = {56--60}, title = {Charakterystyka antropologiczna szczątków kostnych z grobów ludności kultury pucharów lejkowatych}, volume = {3}, year = {1998} } - E. Krause and O. Schoetensack, “Die megalithischen gräber (steinkammergräber) deutschlands. i. altmark,” Zeitschrift für ethnologie, vol. 25, p. 105–70, 1893.
[BibTeX]@article{Krause1893, author = {Krause, E. and Schoetensack, O.}, journal = {Zeitschrift für Ethnologie}, pages = {105--70}, title = {Die megalithischen Gräber (Steinkammergräber) Deutschlands. I. Altmark}, volume = {25}, year = {1893} } - I. K. Kristensen, “Storgård iv. an early neolithic long barrow near fjelsø, north jutland,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 8, p. 72–87, 1991.
[BibTeX]@article{Kristensen1991, author = {Kristensen, I. K.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {72--87}, title = {Storgård IV. An Early Neolithic Long Barrow near Fjelsø, North Jutland}, volume = {8}, year = {1991} } - K. Kristiansen, “Ideology and material culture: an archaeological perspective,” in Marxist perspectives in archaeology, M. Spriggs, Ed., Cambridge: Cambridge university press, 1984, p. 72–100.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Kristiansen1984, address = {Cambridge}, author = {Kristiansen, K.}, booktitle = {Marxist Perspectives in Archaeology}, editor = {Spriggs, M.}, pages = {72--100}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Ideology and material culture: an archaeological perspective}, year = {1984} } - K. Kristiansen, “Ard marks under barrows: a response to peter rowley-conwy,” Antiquity, vol. 64, p. 322–7, 1990.
[BibTeX]@article{Kristiansen1990, author = {Kristiansen, K.}, journal = {Antiquity}, pages = {322--7}, title = {Ard marks under barrows: a response to Peter Rowley-Conwy}, volume = {64}, year = {1990} } - J. Kruk and S. Milisauskas, “Die wagendarstellung auf einem trichterbecher aus bronocice in polen,” Archäologisches korrespondenzblatt, vol. 12, p. 141–44, 1982.
[BibTeX]@article{Kruk1982, author = {Kruk, J. and Milisauskas, S.}, journal = {Archäologisches Korrespondenzblatt}, pages = {141--44}, title = {Die Wagendarstellung auf einem Trichterbecher aus Bronocice in Polen}, volume = {12}, year = {1982} } - V. La Cour, Sjællands ældste bygder: en arkæologisk-topografisk undersøgelse, Copenhagen: Aschehoug, 1927.
[BibTeX]@book{LaCour1927, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {La Cour, V.}, publisher = {Aschehoug}, title = {Sjællands ældste Bygder: en arkæologisk-topografisk Undersøgelse}, year = {1927} } - L. Laporte, R. Joussaume, and C. Scarre, “Le tumulus c de péré à prissé-la-charrière (deux-sèvres),” Gallia préhistoire, vol. 44, p. 167–214, 2002.
[BibTeX]@article{Laporte2002, author = {Laporte, L. and Joussaume, R. and Scarre, C.}, journal = {Gallia Préhistoire}, pages = {167--214}, title = {Le Tumulus C de Péré à Prissé-la-Charrière (Deux-Sèvres)}, volume = {44}, year = {2002} } - L. Laporte and C. -T. Le Roux, Bâtisseurs du néolithique. mégalithismes de la france de l’ouest, Paris: La maison des roches, 2004.
[BibTeX]@book{Laporte2004a, address = {Paris}, author = {Laporte, L. and Le Roux, C.-T.}, publisher = {La Maison des Roches}, title = {Bâtisseurs du Néolithique. Mégalithismes de la France de l'Ouest}, year = {2004} } - L. Laporte and J. -Y. Tinévez, “Neolithic houses and chambered tombs of western france,” Cambridge archaeological journal, vol. 14, p. 217–34, 2004.
[BibTeX]@article{Laporte2004b, author = {Laporte, L. and Tinévez, J.-Y.}, journal = {Cambridge Archaeological Journal}, pages = {217--34}, title = {Neolithic Houses and Chambered Tombs of Western France}, volume = {14}, year = {2004} } - L. Larsson, “A construction for ceremonial activities from the late mesolithic,” Meddelanden från lunds universitets historiska museum, p. 5–18, 1988.
[BibTeX]@article{Larsson1988a, author = {Larsson, L.}, journal = {Meddelanden från Lunds universitets historiska museum}, pages = {5--18}, title = {A Construction for Ceremonial Activities from the Late Mesolithic}, year = {1988} } - The skateholm project. i. man and environment, L. Larsson, Ed., Lund: Almqvist & wiksell international, 1988.
[BibTeX]@book{Larsson1988b, address = {Lund}, editor = {Larsson, L.}, publisher = {Almqvist \& Wiksell International}, series = {Societatis Humaniorum Litterarum Lundensis LXXIX}, title = {The Skateholm Project. I. Man and Environment}, year = {1988} } - L. Larsson, “Neolithic settlement in the skateholm area, southern scania,” Meddelanden från lunds universitets historiska museum, vol. 9, p. 5–44, 1992.
[BibTeX]@article{Larsson1992, author = {Larsson, L.}, journal = {Meddelanden från Lunds universitets historiska museum}, pages = {5--44}, series = {New Series}, title = {Neolithic settlement in the Skateholm area, southern Scania}, volume = {9}, year = {1992} } - L. Larsson, “Man and sea in southern scandinavia during the late mesolithic. the role of cemeteries in the view of society,” in Man and sea in the mesolithic, A. Fischer, Ed., Oxford: Oxbow books, 1995, p. 95–104.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Larsson1995, address = {Oxford}, author = {Larsson, L.}, booktitle = {Man and Sea in the Mesolithic}, editor = {Fischer, A.}, pages = {95--104}, publisher = {Oxbow Books}, series = {Oxbow Monograph 53}, title = {Man and sea in southern Scandinavia during the Late Mesolithic. The role of cemeteries in the view of society}, year = {1995} } - L. Larsson, “Axes and fire – contacts with the gods,” in Form, function and context. material culture studies in scandinavian archaeology, D. Olausson and H. Vandkilde, Eds., Lund: Almqvist & wiksell international, 2000, p. 93–103.
[BibTeX]@InCollection{Larsson2000a, author = {Larsson, L.}, title = {Axes and Fire -- Contacts with the Gods}, booktitle = {Form, Function and Context. Material culture studies in Scandinavian archaeology}, publisher = {Almqvist \& Wiksell International}, year = {2000}, editor = {Olausson, D. and Vandkilde, H.}, series = {Acta Archaeologica Lundensia series in 18, no. 31}, pages = {93--103}, address = {Lund}, } - L. Larsson, “The sun from the sea – amber in the mesolithic and neolithic of southern scandinavia,” in Baltic amber, proceedings of the international interdisciplinary conference: baltic amber in natural sciences, archaeology and applied arts, A. Butrimas, Ed., Vilnius: Acta academiae artium vilnensis 21, 2001, p. 65–75.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Larsson2001, address = {Vilnius}, author = {Larsson, L.}, booktitle = {Baltic Amber, Proceedings of the International Interdisciplinary Conference: Baltic Amber in Natural Sciences, Archaeology and Applied Arts}, editor = {Butrimas, A.}, pages = {65--75}, publisher = {Acta Academiae Artium Vilnensis 21}, title = {The Sun from the Sea -- Amber in the Mesolithic and Neolithic of Southern Scandinavia}, year = {2001} } - L. Larsson, “The mesolithic period in southern scandinavia: with special reference to burials and cemeteries,” in Mesolithic scotland and its neighbours, A. Saville, Ed., Edinburgh: Society of antiquaries of scotland, 2004, p. 371–92.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Larsson2004, address = {Edinburgh}, author = {Larsson, L.}, booktitle = {Mesolithic Scotland and its Neighbours}, editor = {Saville, A.}, pages = {371--92}, publisher = {Society of Antiquaries of Scotland}, title = {The Mesolithic Period in Southern Scandinavia: with Special Reference to Burials and Cemeteries}, year = {2004} } - F. Laux, “Die großsteingräber im nordöstlichen niedersachsen,” in Großsteingräber in niedersachsen, H. Schirnig, Ed., Hildesheim: Verlagsbuchhandlung august lax, 1979, p. 59–82.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Laux1979, address = {Hildesheim}, author = {Laux, F.}, booktitle = {Großsteingräber in Niedersachsen}, editor = {Schirnig, H.}, pages = {59--82}, publisher = {Verlagsbuchhandlung August Lax}, title = {Die Großsteingräber im nordöstlichen Niedersachsen}, year = {1979} } - F. Laux, “Die steingräber in der lüneburger heide,” in Ein königreich an der luhe, G. Körner and F. Laux, Eds., Lüneburg: Museumsverein für das fürstentum lüneburg, 1980, p. 91–218.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Laux1980, address = {Lüneburg}, author = {Laux, F.}, booktitle = {Ein Königreich an der Luhe}, editor = {Körner, G. and Laux, F.}, pages = {91--218}, publisher = {Museumsverein für das Fürstentum Lüneburg}, title = {Die Steingräber in der Lüneburger Heide}, year = {1980} } - F. Laux, “Bemerkungen zu jungsteinzeitlichen grabanlagen im aller-tal,” Die kunde, vol. 34/35, p. 36–76, 1984.
[BibTeX]@article{Laux1984a, author = {Laux, F.}, journal = {Die Kunde}, pages = {36--76}, title = {Bemerkungen zu jungsteinzeitlichen Grabanlagen im Aller-Tal}, volume = {34/35}, year = {1984} } - F. Laux, “Die zeit der großen steingräber.” , 1984, vol. 9, p. 34–46.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Laux1984b, author = {Laux, F.}, journal = {Führer zu archäologischen Denkmälern in Deutschland}, pages = {34--46}, title = {Die Zeit der großen Steingräber}, volume = {9}, year = {1984} } - F. Laux, “König surbolds grab bei börger im hümmling,” Nachrichten aus niedersachsens urgeschichte, vol. 58, p. 117–27, 1989.
[BibTeX]@article{Laux1989, author = {Laux, F.}, journal = {Nachrichten aus Niedersachsens Urgeschichte}, pages = {117--27}, title = {König Surbolds Grab bei Börger im Hümmling}, volume = {58}, year = {1989} } - F. Laux, “Überlegungen zu den großsteingräbern in niedersachsen und westfalen,” Neue ausgrabungen und forschungen in niedersachsen, vol. 19, p. 21–99, 1991.
[BibTeX]@article{Laux1991, author = {Laux, F.}, journal = {Neue Ausgrabungen und Forschungen in Niedersachsen}, pages = {21--99}, title = {Überlegungen zu den Großsteingräbern in Niedersachsen und Westfalen}, volume = {19}, year = {1991} } - F. Laux, “Großsteingräber zwischen weser und elbe,” in Zur jüngeren steinzeit in norddeutschland. einblicke in das leben der ersten bauern, W. Budesheim and H. Keiling, Eds., Neumünster: Wachholtz, 1996, p. 42–63.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Laux1996, address = {Neumünster}, author = {Laux, F.}, booktitle = {Zur jüngeren Steinzeit in Norddeutschland. Einblicke in das Leben der ersten Bauern}, editor = {Budesheim, W. and Keiling, H.}, pages = {42--63}, publisher = {Wachholtz}, title = {Großsteingräber zwischen Weser und Elbe}, year = {1996} } - J. Leclerc and J. Tarrête, “Du bassin parisien à la suisse,” in Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l’ouest de l’europe, R. Joussaume, L. Laporte, and C. Scarre, Eds., Niort: Conseil général des deux-sèvres, 2006, p. 381–406.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Leclerc2006, address = {Niort}, author = {Leclerc, J. and Tarrête, J.}, booktitle = {Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l'ouest de l'Europe}, editor = {Joussaume, R. and Laporte, L. and Scarre, C.}, pages = {381--406}, publisher = {Conseil Général des Deux-Sèvres}, title = {Du Bassin Parisien à la Suisse}, year = {2006} } - J. Lecornec, Le petit mont, arzon, morbihan, Rennes: Association pour la diffusion des recherches archéologiques dans l’ouest de la france, 1994.
[BibTeX]@book{Lecornec1994, address = {Rennes}, author = {Lecornec, J.}, publisher = {Association pour la diffusion des recherches archéologiques dans l'Ouest de la France}, series = {Documents archéologiques de l'Ouest}, title = {Le Petit Mont, Arzon, Morbihan}, year = {1994} } - U. Lehmkuhl, “Interpretationsmöglichkeiten neolithischer bestattungssitten anhand von tierknochenfunden aus gräbern in mecklenburg-vorpommern,” in Bestattungswesen und totenkult, F. Horst and H. Keiling, Eds., Berlin: Akademie-verlag, 1991, p. 371–6.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Lehmkuhl1991, address = {Berlin}, author = {Lehmkuhl, U.}, booktitle = {Bestattungswesen und Totenkult}, editor = {Horst, F. and Keiling, H.}, pages = {371--6}, publisher = {Akademie-Verlag}, title = {Interpretationsmöglichkeiten neolithischer Bestattungssitten anhand von Tierknochenfunden aus Gräbern in Mecklenburg-Vorpommern}, year = {1991} } - J. Lepiksaar, “Das skelettmaterial von carlshögen und ramshög,” in Die megalithgräber von hagestad: zur problematik von grabbauten und grabriten, M. Strömberg, Ed., Lund: Cwk gleerups förlag, 1971, p. 328–93.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Lepiksaar1971, address = {Lund}, author = {Lepiksaar, J.}, booktitle = {Die Megalithgräber von Hagestad: Zur Problematik von Grabbauten und Grabriten}, editor = {Strömberg, M.}, pages = {328--93}, publisher = {CWK Gleerups Förlag}, title = {Das Skelettmaterial von Carlshögen und Ramshög}, year = {1971} } - Monuments mégalithiques à locmariaquer (morbihan). le long tumulus d’er grah dans son environnement, C. -T. Le Roux, Ed., Paris: Cnrs éditions, 2006.
[BibTeX]@book{LeRoux2006, address = {Paris}, editor = {Le Roux, C.-T.}, publisher = {CNRS Éditions}, series = {XXXVIIIe supplément à Gallia Préhistoire}, title = {Monuments mégalithiques à Locmariaquer (Morbihan). Le long tumulus d'Er Grah dans son environnement}, year = {2006} } - J. L’Helgouac’h, “Les idoles qu’on abat \ldots,” Bulletin de la société polymathique du morbihan, vol. 110, p. 57–68, 1983.
[BibTeX]@article{LHelgouach1983, author = {L'Helgouac'h, J.}, journal = {Bulletin de la Société polymathique du Morbihan}, pages = {57--68}, title = {Les idoles qu'on abat \ldots}, volume = {110}, year = {1983} } - J. L’Helgouac’h, “L’apparition du néolithique et son développement jusqu’à la fin du ive millénaire,” in Préhistoire de la bretagne, P. -R. Giot, J. L’Helgouac’h, and J. -M. Monnier, Eds., Rennes: Éditions ouest-france, 1998, p. 233–427.
[BibTeX]@incollection{LHelgouach1998, address = {Rennes}, author = {L'Helgouac'h, J.}, booktitle = {Préhistoire de la Bretagne}, editor = {Giot, P.-R. and L'Helgouac'h, J. and Monnier, J.-M.}, pages = {233--427}, publisher = {Éditions Ouest-France}, title = {L'apparition du Néolithique et son développement jusqu'à la fin du IVe millénaire}, year = {1998} } - D. Liversage, “Neolithic monuments at lindebjerg, northwest zealand,” Acta archaeologica, vol. 51, p. 85–152, 1981.
[BibTeX]@article{Liversage1981, author = {Liversage, D.}, journal = {Acta Archaeologica}, pages = {85--152}, title = {Neolithic monuments at Lindebjerg, Northwest Zealand}, volume = {51}, year = {1981} } - D. Liversage, Barkær. long barrows and settlements, Copenhagen: Akademisk forlag, universitetsforlaget, 1992.
[BibTeX]@book{Liversage1992, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Liversage, D.}, publisher = {Akademisk Forlag, Universitetsforlaget}, series = {Arkæologiske Studier IX}, title = {Barkær. Long Barrows and Settlements}, year = {1992} } - A. P. Madsen, Gravhøje og gravfund fra stenalderen i danmark: det østlige danmark, Copenhagen: Gyldendalske boghandel, 1896.
[BibTeX]@book{Madsen1896, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Madsen, A. P.}, publisher = {Gyldendalske Boghandel}, title = {Gravhøje og Gravfund fra Stenalderen i Danmark: Det Østlige Danmark}, year = {1896} } - A. P. Madsen, Gravhøje og gravfund fra stenalderen i danmark: fyen og jylland, Copenhagen: Gyldendalske boghandel, 1900.
[BibTeX]@book{Madsen1900, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Madsen, A. P.}, publisher = {Gyldendalske Boghandel}, title = {Gravhøje og Gravfund fra Stenalderen i Danmark: Fyen og Jylland}, year = {1900} } - T. Madsen, “En tidligneolitisk langhøj ved rude i østjylland,” Kuml, p. 79–108, 1980.
[BibTeX]@article{Madsen1980, author = {Madsen, T.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {79--108}, title = {En tidligneolitisk langhøj ved Rude i Østjylland}, year = {1980} } - T. Madsen, “Causewayed enclosures in south scandinavia,” in Enclosures and defences in the neolithic of western europe, C. Burgess, P. Topping, C. Mordant, and M. Maddison, Eds., Oxford: British archaeological reports, 1988, p. 301–36.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Madsen1988, address = {Oxford}, author = {Madsen, T.}, booktitle = {Enclosures and Defences in the Neolithic of Western Europe}, editor = {Burgess, C. and Topping, P. and Mordant, C. and Maddison, M.}, pages = {301--36}, publisher = {British Archaeological Reports}, title = {Causewayed Enclosures in South Scandinavia}, year = {1988} } - M. P. Malmer, The neolithic of south sweden, trb, grk, and str, Stockholm: The royal swedish academy of letters, history and antiquities, 2002.
[BibTeX]@book{Malmer2002, address = {Stockholm}, author = {Malmer, M. P.}, publisher = {The Royal Swedish Academy of Letters, History and Antiquities}, title = {The Neolithic of South Sweden, TRB, GRK, and STR}, year = {2002} } - C. Masset, Les dolmens. sociétés néolithiques, pratiques funéraires, Paris: Éditions errance, 1997.
[BibTeX]@book{Masset1997, address = {Paris}, author = {Masset, C.}, publisher = {Éditions Errance}, title = {Les Dolmens. Sociétés néolithiques, Pratiques funéraires}, year = {1997} } - L. Masters, “Chambered tombs and non-megalithic barrows in britain,” in The megalithic monuments of western europe, C. Renfrew, Ed., London: Thames and hudson, 1983, p. 97–112.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Masters1983, address = {London}, author = {Masters, L.}, booktitle = {The Megalithic Monuments of Western Europe}, editor = {Renfrew, C.}, pages = {97--112}, publisher = {Thames and Hudson}, title = {Chambered Tombs and Non-Megalithic Barrows in Britain}, year = {1983} } - P. Metcalf and R. Huntington, Celebrations of death. the anthropology of mortuary ritual, 2 ed., Cambridge: Cambridge university press, 1995.
[BibTeX]@book{Metcalf1995, address = {Cambridge}, author = {Metcalf, P. and Huntington, R.}, edition = {2}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Celebrations of Death. The Anthropology of Mortuary Ritual}, year = {1995} } - A. Metzler, “Early neolithic peatland sites around lake dümmer,” in Peatlands: archaeological sites – archives of nature – nature conservation – wise use, A. Bauerochse and H. Haßmann, Eds., Rahden/Westf.: Verlag marie leidorf gmbh, 2003, p. 62–7.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Metzler2003, address = {Rahden/Westf.}, author = {Metzler, A.}, booktitle = {Peatlands: archaeological sites -- archives of nature -- nature conservation -- wise use}, editor = {Bauerochse, A. and Haßmann, H.}, pages = {62--7}, publisher = {Verlag Marie Leidorf GmbH}, title = {Early Neolithic peatland sites around lake Dümmer}, year = {2003} } - K. Michaelsen, “Die ausgrabungen der beiden hünenbetten von kleinenkneten in oldenburg 1934–39,” Oldenburger jahrbuch, vol. 75/76, p. 215–49, 1978.
[BibTeX]@article{Michaelsen1978, author = {Michaelsen, K.}, journal = {Oldenburger Jahrbuch}, pages = {215--49}, title = {Die Ausgrabungen der beiden Hünenbetten von Kleinenkneten in Oldenburg 1934--39}, volume = {75/76}, year = {1978} } - M. S. Midgley, The origin and function of the earthen long barrows of northern europe, Oxford: British archaeological reports, 1985.
[BibTeX]@book{Midgley1985, address = {Oxford}, author = {Midgley, M. S.}, publisher = {British Archaeological Reports}, title = {The Origin and Function of the Earthen Long Barrows of Northern Europe}, year = {1985} } - M. S. Midgley, “The earthen long barrows of northern europe: a vision of the neolithic world,” Cosmos, vol. 11, p. 117–23, 1997.
[BibTeX]@article{Midgley1997a, author = {Midgley, M. S.}, journal = {COSMOS}, pages = {117--23}, title = {The Earthen Long Barrows of Northern Europe: A Vision of the Neolithic World}, volume = {11}, year = {1997} } - M. S. Midgley, “The earthen long barrow phenomenon of northern europe and its relation to the passy-type monuments of france,” in La culture de cerny. nouvelle économie, nouvelle société au néolithique, C. Constantin, D. Mordant, and D. Simonin, Eds., Mémoires du musée de préhistoire d’île-de-france no. 6, 1997, p. 679–85.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Midgley1997b, author = {Midgley, M. S.}, booktitle = {La Culture de Cerny. Nouvelle économie, nouvelle société au Néolithique}, editor = {Constantin, C. and Mordant, D. and Simonin, D.}, pages = {679--85}, publisher = {Mémoires du Musée de Préhistoire d'Île-de-France no. 6}, title = {The Earthen Long Barrow Phenomenon of Northern Europe and its Relation to the Passy-type Monuments of France}, year = {1997} } - M. S. Midgley, “The earthen long barrow phenomenon in europe: creation of monumental cemeteries,” in In memoriam jan rulf, I. Pavlù, Ed., Praha: Památky archeologické – supplementum 13, 2000, p. 255–65.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Midgley2000, address = {Praha}, author = {Midgley, M. S.}, booktitle = {In Memoriam Jan Rulf}, editor = {Pavlù, I.}, pages = {255--65}, publisher = {Památky archeologické -- Supplementum 13}, title = {The earthen long barrow phenomenon in Europe: Creation of monumental cemeteries}, year = {2000} } - M. S. Midgley, “Early neolithic farming communities in northern europe: reconsideration of the trb culture,” Archeologické rozhledy, vol. 54, p. 208–22, 2002.
[BibTeX]@article{Midgley2002, author = {Midgley, M. S.}, journal = {Archeologické rozhledy}, pages = {208--22}, title = {Early Neolithic farming communities in Northern Europe: Reconsideration of the TRB culture}, volume = {54}, year = {2002} } - M. S. Midgley, “The megalithic tombs of the north european plain,” in Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l’ouest de l’europe, R. Joussaume, L. Laporte, and C. Scarre, Eds., Niort: Conseil général des deux-sèvres, 2006, p. 63–87.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Midgley2006, address = {Niort}, author = {Midgley, M. S.}, booktitle = {Origine et développement du mégalithisme de l'ouest de l'Europe}, editor = {Joussaume, R. and Laporte, L. and Scarre, C.}, pages = {63--87}, publisher = {Conseil Général des Deux-Sèvres}, title = {The megalithic tombs of the north European plain}, year = {2006} } - J. -P. Mohen, Cultes et rituels mégalithiques. les sociétés néolithiques de l’europe du nord, Paris: La maison des roches, 2003.
[BibTeX]@book{Mohen2003, address = {Paris}, author = {Mohen, J.-P.}, publisher = {La Maison des Roches}, title = {Cultes et Rituels mégalithiques. Les sociétés néolithiques de l'Europe du nord}, year = {2003} } - J. -P. Mohen and C. Scarre, Les tumulus de bougon. complexe mégalithique du ve au iiie millénaire, Paris: Éditions errance, 2002.
[BibTeX]@book{Mohen2002, address = {Paris}, author = {Mohen, J.-P. and Scarre, C.}, publisher = {Éditions Errance}, title = {Les Tumulus de Bougon. Complexe mégalithique du Ve au IIIe millénaire}, year = {2002} } - O. Montelius, “Orienten och europa,” Antikvarisk tidskrift för sverige, vol. 13, p. 1–252, 1905.
[BibTeX]@article{Montelius1905, author = {Montelius, O.}, journal = {Antikvarisk Tidskrift för Sverige}, pages = {1--252}, title = {Orienten och Europa}, volume = {13}, year = {1905} } - F. M. de Morgan, “The excavation of a long barrow at nutbane, hants,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 25, p. 15–51, 1959.
[BibTeX]@article{Morgan1959, author = {Morgan, F. de M.}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, pages = {15--51}, title = {The Excavation of a Long Barrow at Nutbane, Hants}, volume = {25}, year = {1959} } - J. Müller, “Die arbeitsleistung für das großsteingrab kleinenkneten 1,” in Experimentelle archäologie in deutschland, M. Fansa, Ed., , 1990, p. 210–19.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Muller1990a, author = {Müller, J.}, booktitle = {Experimentelle Archäologie in Deutschland}, editor = {Fansa, M.}, pages = {210--19}, series = {Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Nordwestdeutschland 4}, title = {Die Arbeitsleistung für das Großsteingrab Kleinenkneten 1}, year = {1990} } - J. Müller, “Arbeitsleistung und gesellschaftliche leistung bei megalithgräbern. das fallbeispiel orkney,” Acta praehistorica et archaeologica, vol. 22, p. 9–35, 1990.
[BibTeX]@article{Muller1990b, author = {Müller, J.}, journal = {Acta Praehistorica et Archaeologica}, pages = {9--35}, title = {Arbeitsleistung und gesellschaftliche Leistung bei Megalithgräbern. Das Fallbeispiel Orkney}, volume = {22}, year = {1990} } - J. Müller, Soziochronologische studien zum jung- und spätneolithikum im mittelelbe-saale-gebiet (4100–2700 v. chr.), Rahden/Westf.: Verlag marie leidorf gmbh, 2001.
[BibTeX]@book{Muller2001, address = {Rahden/Westf.}, author = {Müller, J.}, publisher = {Verlag Marie Leidorf GmbH}, title = {Soziochronologische Studien zum Jung- und Spätneolithikum im Mittelelbe-Saale-Gebiet (4100--2700 v. Chr.)}, year = {2001} } - S. Müller, “Sønderjyllands stenalder,” Aarbøger, vol. 3, p. 169–322, 1914.
[BibTeX]@article{MullerS1914, author = {Müller, S.}, journal = {Aarbøger}, pages = {169--322}, title = {Sønderjyllands stenalder}, volume = {3}, year = {1914} } - H. Nelson, Zur inneren gliederung und verbreitung neolithischer gruppen im südlichen niederelbegebiet, Oxford: British archaeological reports int. ser. 459, 1988.
[BibTeX]@book{Nelson1988, address = {Oxford}, author = {Nelson, H.}, publisher = {British Archaeological Reports Int. Ser. 459}, title = {Zur inneren Gliederung und Verbreitung neolithischer Gruppen im südlichen Niederelbegebiet}, year = {1988} } - N. Nielsen, “Ormslev-dyssen – en dysse uden høj?,” Kuml, p. 125–56, 2003.
[BibTeX]@article{Nielsen2003, author = {Nielsen, N.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {125--56}, title = {Ormslev-dyssen -- en dysse uden høj?}, year = {2003} } - P. O. Nielsen, Dysse og dolke i stenalderen, Copenhagen: Lademanns danmarkshistorie, 1982.
[BibTeX]@book{Nielsen1982, address = {Copenhagen}, author = {Nielsen, P. O.}, publisher = {Lademanns Danmarkshistorie}, series = {Stenalderen 3}, title = {Dysse og dolke i stenalderen}, year = {1982} } - P. O. Nielsen, “Flint axes and megaliths – the time and context of the early dolmens in denmark,” in The archaeology of carrowmore, G. Burenhult, Ed., Stockholm: Institute of archaeology, university of stockholm, 1984, p. 376–86.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Nielsen1984, address = {Stockholm}, author = {Nielsen, P. O.}, booktitle = {The Archaeology of Carrowmore}, editor = {Burenhult, G.}, pages = {376--86}, publisher = {Institute of Archaeology, University of Stockholm}, series = {Theses and Papers in North-European Archaeology 14}, title = {Flint axes and megaliths -- the time and context of the early dolmens in Denmark}, year = {1984} } - P. O. Nielsen, “Limensgård and grødbygård. settlements with houses from the early, middle and late neolithic on bornholm,” in Settlement and landscape, C. Fabech and J. Ringtved, Eds., Århus: Jutland archaeological society, 1999, p. 149–65.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Nielsen1999, address = {Århus}, author = {Nielsen, P. O.}, booktitle = {Settlement and Landscape}, editor = {Fabech, C. and Ringtved, J.}, pages = {149--65}, publisher = {Jutland Archaeological Society}, title = {Limensgård and Grødbygård. Settlements with houses from the Early, Middle and Late Neolithic on Bornholm}, year = {1999} } - P. O. Nielsen, “Causewayed camps, palisade enclosures and central settlements of the middle neolithic in denmark,” Journal of nordic archaeological science, vol. 14, p. 19–33, 2004.
[BibTeX]@article{Nielsen2004, author = {Nielsen, P. O.}, journal = {Journal of Nordic Archaeological Science}, pages = {19--33}, title = {Causewayed camps, palisade enclosures and central settlements of the Middle Neolithic in Denmark}, volume = {14}, year = {2004} } - E. Niesioł{}owska-Śreniowska, “The early trb “ploughmarks” from sarnowo in central poland: a new interpretation,” Oxford journal of archaeology, vol. 18, p. 17–22, 1999.
[BibTeX]@article{Niesiolowska1999, author = {Niesio\l{}owska-Śreniowska, E.}, journal = {Oxford Journal of Archaeology}, pages = {17--22}, title = {The early TRB ``ploughmarks'' from Sarnowo in central Poland: a new interpretation}, volume = {18}, year = {1999} } - S. Nilsson, The primitive inhabitants of scandinavia, London: Longmans, green, 1868.
[BibTeX]@book{Nilsson1868, address = {London}, author = {Nilsson, S.}, publisher = {Longmans, Green}, title = {The Primitive Inhabitants of Scandinavia}, year = {1868} } - C. A. Nordman, “The megalithic culture of northern europe (the rhind lectures 1932),” Finska fornminnesföreningens tidskrift, vol. 39, p. 1–137, 1935.
[BibTeX]@article{Nordman1935, author = {Nordman, C. A.}, journal = {Finska Fornminnesföreningens Tidskrift}, pages = {1--137}, title = {The Megalithic Culture of Northern Europe (The Rhind Lectures 1932)}, volume = {39}, year = {1935} } - H. Paulsen, “Untersuchung und restaurierung des langbettes von karlsminde, gemeinde waabs, kreis rendsburg-eckernförde,” Archäologische nachrichten aus schleswig-holstein, p. 18–60, 1990.
[BibTeX]@article{Paulsen1990, author = {Paulsen, H.}, journal = {Archäologische Nachrichten aus Schleswig-Holstein}, pages = {18--60}, title = {Untersuchung und Restaurierung des Langbettes von Karlsminde, Gemeinde Waabs, Kreis Rendsburg-Eckernförde}, year = {1990} } - M. Péquart and S. J. Péquart, Hoëdic. deuxième station-nécropole du mésolithique côtier armoricain, Anvers: De sikkel, 1954.
[BibTeX]@book{Pequart1954, address = {Anvers}, author = {Péquart, M. and Péquart, S. J.}, publisher = {De Sikkel}, title = {Hoëdic. Deuxième station-nécropole du Mésolithique côtier armoricain}, year = {1954} } - P. Persson and K. -G. Sjögren, “Radiocarbon and the chronology of scandinavian megalithic graves,” Journal of european archaeology, vol. 3, p. 59–87, 1996.
[BibTeX]@article{Persson1996, author = {Persson, P. and Sjögren, K.-G.}, journal = {Journal of European Archaeology}, pages = {59--87}, title = {Radiocarbon and the chronology of Scandinavian megalithic graves}, volume = {3}, year = {1996} } - P. Persson and K. -G. Sjögren, Falbygdens gånggrifter, del 1. undersökningar 1985–1998, Göteborg: Göteborgs universitet, 2001.
[BibTeX]@book{Persson2001, address = {Göteborg}, author = {Persson, P. and Sjögren, K.-G.}, publisher = {Göteborgs Universitet}, title = {Falbygdens gånggrifter, Del 1. Undersökningar 1985--1998}, year = {2001} } - W. Petzsch, “Die steinzeit rügens,” Mitteilungen aus der sammlung vaterländischer altertümer der universität greifswald, vol. 3, p. 8–15, 1928.
[BibTeX]@article{Petzsch1928, author = {Petzsch, W.}, journal = {Mitteilungen aus der Sammlung vaterländischer Altertümer der Universität Greifswald}, pages = {8--15}, title = {Die Steinzeit Rügens}, volume = {3}, year = {1928} } - P. Pieper, “Peat bog corpses,” in Peatlands: archaeological sites – archives of nature – nature conservation – wise use, A. Bauerochse and H. Haßmann, Eds., Rahden/Westf.: Verlag marie leidorf gmbh, 2003, p. 107–14.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Pieper2003, address = {Rahden/Westf.}, author = {Pieper, P.}, booktitle = {Peatlands: archaeological sites -- archives of nature -- nature conservation -- wise use}, editor = {Bauerochse, A. and Haßmann, H.}, pages = {107--14}, publisher = {Verlag Marie Leidorf GmbH}, title = {Peat bog corpses}, year = {2003} } - S. Piera, “Structures sociales et organisation des inhumations dans les tombes à couloir du néolithique moyen: l’exemple de fontenay-le-marmion (calvados),” in Les pratiques funéraires néolithiques avant 3500 av. j.-c. en france et dans les régions limitrophes, P. Chambon and J. Leclerc, Eds., Joué-lès-Tours: Presses de la simarre, 2003, p. 287–300.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Piera2003, address = {Joué-lès-Tours}, author = {Piera, S.}, booktitle = {Les pratiques funéraires néolithiques avant 3500 av. J.-C. en France et dans les régions limitrophes}, editor = {Chambon, P. and Leclerc, J.}, pages = {287--300}, publisher = {Presses de la Simarre}, series = {Mémoires de la Société préhistorique française 33}, title = {Structures sociales et organisation des inhumations dans les tombes à couloir du Néolithique moyen: l'exemple de Fontenay-le-Marmion (Calvados)}, year = {2003} } - S. Piggott, “Excavation of the dalladies long barrow, fettercairn, kincardineshire,” Proceedings of the society of antiquaries of scotland, vol. 104, p. 23–47, 1974.
[BibTeX]@article{Piggott1974, author = {Piggott, S.}, journal = {Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of Scotland}, pages = {23--47}, title = {Excavation of the Dalladies Long Barrow, Fettercairn, Kincardineshire}, volume = {104}, year = {1974} } - J. Preuß, Die baalberger gruppe in mitteldeutschland, Berlin: Veb deutscher verlag der wissenschaften, 1966.
[BibTeX]@book{Preuss1966, address = {Berlin}, author = {Preuß, J.}, publisher = {VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften}, title = {Die Baalberger Gruppe in Mitteldeutschland}, year = {1966} } - The archaeology of shamanism, N. Price, Ed., London: Routledge, 2001.
[BibTeX]@book{Price2001, address = {London}, editor = {Price, N.}, publisher = {Routledge}, title = {The Archaeology of Shamanism}, year = {2001} } - Europe’s first farmers, T. D. Price, Ed., Cambridge: Cambridge university press, 2000.
[BibTeX]@book{Price2000, address = {Cambridge}, editor = {Price, T. D.}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Europe's First Farmers}, year = {2000} } - S. Reilly, “Processing the dead in neolithic orkney,” Oxford journal of archaeology, vol. 22, p. 133–54, 2003.
[BibTeX]@article{Reilly2003, author = {Reilly, S.}, journal = {Oxford Journal of Archaeology}, pages = {133--54}, title = {Processing the Dead in Neolithic Orkney}, volume = {22}, year = {2003} } - C. Renfrew, “Monuments, mobilization and social organization in neolithic wessex,” in The explanation of culture change: models in prehistory, C. Renfrew, Ed., London: Duckworth, 1972, p. 539–58.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Renfrew1972, address = {London}, author = {Renfrew, C.}, booktitle = {The explanation of culture change: models in prehistory}, editor = {Renfrew, C.}, pages = {539--58}, publisher = {Duckworth}, title = {Monuments, mobilization and social organization in neolithic Wessex}, year = {1972} } - C. Renfrew, Before civilization: the radiocarbon revolution and european prehistory, London: Jonathan cape, 1973.
[BibTeX]@book{Renfrew1973, address = {London}, author = {Renfrew, C.}, publisher = {Jonathan Cape}, title = {Before Civilization: The radiocarbon revolution and European Prehistory}, year = {1973} } - C. Renfrew, Investigations in orkney, London: The society of antiquaries of london, 1979.
[BibTeX]@book{Renfrew1979, address = {London}, author = {Renfrew, C.}, publisher = {The Society of Antiquaries of London}, title = {Investigations in Orkney}, year = {1979} } - C. Renfrew, “Toward a definition of context: the north german megaliths,” Nachrichten aus niedersachsens urgeschichte, vol. 49, p. 3–20, 1980.
[BibTeX]@article{Renfrew1980, author = {Renfrew, C.}, journal = {Nachrichten aus Niedersachsens Urgeschichte}, pages = {3--20}, title = {Toward a Definition of Context: the North German Megaliths}, volume = {49}, year = {1980} } - Dwelling among the monuments: the neolithic village of barnhouse, maeshowe passage grave and surrounding monuments at stenness, orkney, C. Richards, Ed., Cambridge: Mcdonald institute for archaeological research, 2005.
[BibTeX]@book{Richards2005, address = {Cambridge}, editor = {Richards, C.}, publisher = {McDonald Institute for Archaeological Research}, title = {Dwelling among the monuments: the Neolithic village of Barnhouse, Maeshowe passage grave and surrounding monuments at Stenness, Orkney}, year = {2005} } - P. Rønne, “Høj over høj,” Skalk, p. 3–8, 1979.
[BibTeX]@article{Ronne1979, author = {Rønne, P.}, journal = {Skalk}, pages = {3--8}, title = {Høj over høj}, year = {1979} } - G. Rosenberg, “Nye jættestuefund,” Aarbøger, p. 189–262, 1929.
[BibTeX]@article{Rosenberg1929, author = {Rosenberg, G.}, journal = {Aarbøger}, pages = {189--262}, title = {Nye Jættestuefund}, year = {1929} } - P. Rowley-Conwy, “The interpretation of ardmarks,” Antiquity, vol. 61, p. 263–6, 1987.
[BibTeX]@article{RowleyConwy1987, author = {Rowley-Conwy, P.}, journal = {Antiquity}, pages = {263--6}, title = {The interpretation of ardmarks}, volume = {61}, year = {1987} } - J. Runcis, Bärnstensbarnen. bilder, berättelser och betraktelser, Stockholm: Riksantikvarieämbetet, 2002.
[BibTeX]@book{Runcis2002, address = {Stockholm}, author = {Runcis, J.}, publisher = {Riksantikvarieämbetet}, series = {Skrifter No. 41}, title = {Bärnstensbarnen. Bilder, berättelser och betraktelser}, year = {2002} } - J. Runcis, “The burial-ground at borgeby: point of departure for a tentative neolithic,” in Dealing with the dead. archaeological perspectives on prehistoric scandinavian burial ritual, T. Artelius and F. Svanberg, Eds., Stockholm: Riksantikvarieämbetet, 2005, p. 19–43.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Runcis2005, address = {Stockholm}, author = {Runcis, J.}, booktitle = {Dealing with the Dead. Archaeological Perspectives on Prehistoric Scandinavian Burial Ritual}, editor = {Artelius, T. and Svanberg, F.}, pages = {19--43}, publisher = {Riksantikvarieämbetet}, series = {Skrifter No. 65}, title = {The Burial-Ground at Borgeby: Point of departure for a tentative Neolithic}, year = {2005} } - K. E. Sahlström, “Väglederna inom den västgötska gånggriftsbygden,” Västergötlands fornminnesförenings tidskrift, vol. 4, p. 5–31, 1935.
[BibTeX]@article{Sahlstrom1935, author = {Sahlström, K. E.}, journal = {Västergötlands Fornminnesförenings Tidskrift}, pages = {5--31}, title = {Väglederna inom den västgötska gånggriftsbygden}, volume = {4}, year = {1935} } - A. Saville, Hazleton north: the excavation of a neolithic long cairn of the cotswold-severn group, London: Historic buildings and monuments commission for england, 1990.
[BibTeX]@book{Saville1990, address = {London}, author = {Saville, A.}, publisher = {Historic Buildings and Monuments Commission for England}, title = {Hazleton North: the excavation of a Neolithic long cairn of the Cotswold-Severn group}, year = {1990} } - A. Saxe, “Social dimensions of mortuary practices,” PhD Thesis, 1970.
[BibTeX]@phdthesis{Saxe1970, author = {Saxe, A.}, school = {University of Michigan}, title = {Social Dimensions of Mortuary Practices}, year = {1970} } - C. Scarre, “Diverse inspirations: landscapes, longhouses and the neolithic monument forms of northern france,” in Stones and bones. formal disposal of the dead in atlantic europe during the mesolithic-neolithic interface 6000–3000 bc, G. Burenhult, Ed., Oxford: Archaeopress, 2003, p. 39–52.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Scarre2003, address = {Oxford}, author = {Scarre, C.}, booktitle = {Stones and Bones. Formal disposal of the dead in Atlantic Europe during the Mesolithic-Neolithic interface 6000--3000 BC}, editor = {Burenhult, G.}, pages = {39--52}, publisher = {Archaeopress}, title = {Diverse Inspirations: Landscapes, longhouses and the neolithic monument forms of northern France}, year = {2003} } - C. Scarre, Monuments mégalithiques de grande-bretagne et d’irlande, Paris: Éditions errance, 2005.
[BibTeX]@book{Scarre2005, address = {Paris}, author = {Scarre, C.}, publisher = {Éditions Errance}, title = {Monuments mégalithiques de Grande-Bretagne et d'Irlande}, year = {2005} } - C. Scarre, “Stony ground: outcrops, rocks and quarries in the creation of megalithic monuments,” in Megalithic quarrying: sourcing, extracting and manipulating the stones, C. Scarre, Ed., Oxford: Archaeopress, 2009, p. 1–10.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Scarre2006, address = {Oxford}, author = {Scarre, C.}, booktitle = {Megalithic Quarrying: Sourcing, Extracting and Manipulating the Stones}, editor = {Scarre, C.}, pages = {1--10}, publisher = {Archaeopress}, series = {BAR International Series 1923}, title = {Stony Ground: outcrops, rocks and quarries in the creation of megalithic monuments}, year = {2009} } - C. Scarre, L. Laporte, and R. Joussaume, “Long mounds and megalithic origins in western france: recent excavations at prissé-la-charrière,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 69, p. 235–51, 2003.
[BibTeX]@article{Scarre2003b, author = {Scarre, C. and Laporte, L. and Joussaume, R.}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, pages = {235--51}, title = {Long Mounds and Megalithic Origins in Western France: Recent Excavations at Prissé-la-Charrière}, volume = {69}, year = {2003} } - H. Schirnig, Die sieben steinhäuser bei fallingbostel, Hildesheim: Verlag august lax, 1982.
[BibTeX]@book{Schirnig1982, address = {Hildesheim}, author = {Schirnig, H.}, publisher = {Verlag August Lax}, title = {Die Sieben Steinhäuser bei Fallingbostel}, year = {1982} } - E. Schlicht, “Von alten verkehrswegen: die hünengräberstraße des hümmlings,” Jahrbuch des emsländischen heimatvereins, vol. 8, p. 74–85, 1961.
[BibTeX]@article{Schlicht1961, author = {Schlicht, E.}, journal = {Jahrbuch des Emsländischen Heimatvereins}, pages = {74--85}, title = {Von alten Verkehrswegen: Die Hünengräberstraße des Hümmlings}, volume = {8}, year = {1961} } - E. Schlicht, Die funde aus dem megalithgrab 2 von emmeln, kreis meppen, Neumünster: Karl wachholtz verlag, 1968.
[BibTeX]@book{Schlicht1968, address = {Neumünster}, author = {Schlicht, E.}, publisher = {Karl Wachholtz Verlag}, series = {Göttinger Schriften zur Vor- und Frühgeschichte Band 9}, title = {Die Funde aus dem Megalithgrab 2 von Emmeln, Kreis Meppen}, year = {1968} } - E. Schlicht, “Kupferschmuck aus megalithgräbern nordwestdeutschlands,” Nachrichten aus niedersachsens urgeschichte, vol. 42, p. 13–52, 1973.
[BibTeX]@article{Schlicht1973, author = {Schlicht, E.}, journal = {Nachrichten aus Niedersachsens Urgeschichte}, pages = {13--52}, title = {Kupferschmuck aus Megalithgräbern Nordwestdeutschlands}, volume = {42}, year = {1973} } - E. Schlicht, “Die großsteingräber im nordwestlichen niedersachsen,” in Großsteingräber in niedersachsen, H. Schirnig, Ed., Hildesheim: Verlagsbuchhandlung august lax, 1979, p. 43–58.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Schlicht1979, address = {Hildesheim}, author = {Schlicht, E.}, booktitle = {Großsteingräber in Niedersachsen}, editor = {Schirnig, H.}, pages = {43--58}, publisher = {Verlagsbuchhandlung August Lax}, title = {Die Großsteingräber im nordwestlichen Niedersachsen}, year = {1979} } - A. Schnapp, The discovery of the past. the origins of archaeology, London: British museum press, 1996.
[BibTeX]@book{Schnapp1996, address = {London}, author = {Schnapp, A.}, publisher = {British Museum Press}, title = {The Discovery of the Past. The Origins of Archaeology}, year = {1996} } - E. Schuldt, “Abschließende ausgrabungen auf dem jungsteinzeitlichen flachgräberfeld von ostorf 1961,” Jahrbuch für bodendenkmalpflege in mecklenburg, p. 131–78, 1961.
[BibTeX]@article{Schuldt1961, author = {Schuldt, E.}, journal = {Jahrbuch für Bodendenkmalpflege in Mecklenburg}, pages = {131--78}, title = {Abschließende Ausgrabungen auf dem jungsteinzeitlichen Flachgräberfeld von Ostorf 1961}, year = {1961} } - E. Schuldt, “Vier großsteingräber von serrahn, kreis güstrow,” Jahrbuch für bodendenkmalpflege im mecklenburg, p. 24–53, 1966.
[BibTeX]@article{Schuldt1966a, author = {Schuldt, E.}, journal = {Jahrbuch für Bodendenkmalpflege im Mecklenburg}, pages = {24--53}, title = {Vier Großsteingräber von Serrahn, Kreis Güstrow}, year = {1966} } - E. Schuldt, Dolmen und ganggräber an der recknitz, Schwerin: Museum für ur- und frühgeschichte, 1966.
[BibTeX]@book{Schuldt1966b, address = {Schwerin}, author = {Schuldt, E.}, publisher = {Museum für Ur- und Frühgeschichte}, title = {Dolmen und Ganggräber an der Recknitz}, year = {1966} } - E. Schuldt, Riesensteingräber an der warnow, Schwerin: Museum für ur- und frühgeschichte, 1967.
[BibTeX]@book{Schuldt1967, address = {Schwerin}, author = {Schuldt, E.}, publisher = {Museum für Ur- und Frühgeschichte}, title = {Riesensteingräber an der Warnow}, year = {1967} } - E. Schuldt, 4000jährige gräber im everstorfer forst, Schwerin: Museum für ur- und frühgeschichte, 1968.
[BibTeX]@book{Schuldt1968, address = {Schwerin}, author = {Schuldt, E.}, publisher = {Museum für Ur- und Frühgeschichte}, title = {4000jährige Gräber im Everstorfer Forst}, year = {1968} } - E. Schuldt, Dolmenlandschaft an der schwinge, Schwerin: Museum für ur- und frühgeschichte, 1970.
[BibTeX]@book{Schuldt1970, address = {Schwerin}, author = {Schuldt, E.}, publisher = {Museum für Ur- und Frühgeschichte}, title = {Dolmenlandschaft an der Schwinge}, year = {1970} } - E. Schuldt, Steinzeitliche grabmonumente der insel rügen, Schwerin: Museum für ur- und frühgeschichte, 1971.
[BibTeX]@book{Schuldt1971, address = {Schwerin}, author = {Schuldt, E.}, publisher = {Museum für Ur- und Frühgeschichte}, title = {Steinzeitliche Grabmonumente der Insel Rügen}, year = {1971} } - D. Sellier, “Analyse morphologique des marques de la météorisation des granites à partir de mégalithes morbihannais,” Revue archéologique de l’ouest, vol. 8, p. 83–97, 1991.
[BibTeX]@article{Sellier1991, author = {Sellier, D.}, journal = {Revue Archéologique de l'Ouest}, pages = {83--97}, title = {Analyse morphologique des marques de la météorisation des granites à partir de mégalithes morbihannais}, volume = {8}, year = {1991} } - D. Sellier, “Éléments de reconstitution du paysage prémégalithique sur le site des alignements de kerlescan (carnac, morbihan) à partir de critères géomorphologiques,” Revue archéologique de l’ouest, vol. 12, p. 21–41, 1995.
[BibTeX]@article{Sellier1995, author = {Sellier, D.}, journal = {Revue Archéologique de l'Ouest}, pages = {21--41}, title = {Éléments de reconstitution du paysage prémégalithique sur le site des alignements de Kerlescan (Carnac, Morbihan) à partir de critères géomorphologiques}, volume = {12}, year = {1995} } - M. Shanks and C. Tilley, “Ideology, power and ritual communication: a reinterpretation of neolithic mortuary practices,” in Symbolic and structural archaeology, I. Hodder, Ed., Cambridge: Cambridge university press, 1982, p. 129–54.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Shanks1982, address = {Cambridge}, author = {Shanks, M. and Tilley, C.}, booktitle = {Symbolic and Structural Archaeology}, editor = {Hodder, I.}, pages = {129--54}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Ideology, Power and Ritual Communication: A Reinterpretation of Neolithic Mortuary Practices}, year = {1982} } - A. Sherratt, “Wool, wheels and ploughmarks: local developments or outside introductions in neolithic europe?,” Bulletin of the institute of archaeology (university of london), vol. 23, p. 1–15, 1987.
[BibTeX]@article{Sherratt1987, author = {Sherratt, A.}, journal = {Bulletin of the Institute of Archaeology (University of London)}, pages = {1--15}, title = {Wool, Wheels and Ploughmarks: Local Developments or Outside Introductions in Neolithic Europe?}, volume = {23}, year = {1987} } - A. Sherratt, “The genesis of megaliths: monumentality, ethnicity and social complexity in neolithic north-west europe,” World archaeology, vol. 22, p. 147–67, 1990.
[BibTeX]@article{Sherratt1990, author = {Sherratt, A.}, journal = {World Archaeology}, pages = {147--67}, title = {The genesis of megaliths: monumentality, ethnicity and social complexity in Neolithic north-west Europe}, volume = {22}, year = {1990} } - A. Sherratt, “Instruments of conversion: the role of megaliths in mesolithic-neolithic transition in north-west europe,” Oxford journal of archaeology, vol. 14, p. 245–60, 1995.
[BibTeX]@article{Sherratt1995, author = {Sherratt, A.}, journal = {Oxford Journal of Archaeology}, pages = {245--60}, title = {Instruments of conversion: the role of megaliths in Mesolithic-Neolithic transition in north-west Europe}, volume = {14}, year = {1995} } - D. Simonin, S. Bach, G. Richard, and J. Vintrou, “Les sépultures sous dalle de type malesherbes et la nécropole d’orville,” in La culture de cerny. nouvelle économie, nouvelle société au néolithique, C. Constantin, D. Mordant, and D. Simonin, Eds., Mémoires du musée de préhistoire d’île-de-france, no. 6, 1997, p. 341–79.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Simonin1997, author = {Simonin, D. and Bach, S. and Richard, G. and Vintrou, J.}, booktitle = {La culture de Cerny. Nouvelle économie, nouvelle société au Néolithique}, editor = {Constantin, C. and Mordant, D. and Simonin, D.}, pages = {341--79}, publisher = {Mémoires du Musée de Préhistoire d'Île-de-France, no. 6}, title = {Les sépultures sous dalle de type Malesherbes et la nécropole d'Orville}, year = {1997} } - K. -G. Sjögren, “Kinship, labour and land in neolithic southwest sweden: social aspects of megalithic graves,” Journal of anthropological archaeology, vol. 5, p. 229–65, 1986.
[BibTeX]@article{Sjogren1986, author = {Sjögren, K.-G.}, journal = {Journal of Anthropological Archaeology}, pages = {229--65}, title = {Kinship, Labour and Land in Neolithic Southwest Sweden: Social Aspects of Megalithic Graves}, volume = {5}, year = {1986} } - K. -G. Sjögren, “mångfalldige uhrminnes grafvar \ldots”. megalitgravar och samhälle i västsverige, Göteborg: Göteborgs universitet, 2003.
[BibTeX]@book{Sjogren2003a, address = {Göteborg}, author = {Sjögren, K.-G.}, publisher = {Göteborgs Universitet}, series = {Institutionen för arkeologi}, title = {``Mångfalldige uhrminnes grafvar \ldots''. Megalitgravar och samhälle i Västsverige}, year = {2003} } - K. -G. Sjögren, “Megaliths, settlement and subsistence in bohuslän, sweden,” in Stones and bones, formal disposal of the dead in atlantic europe during the mesolithic-neolithic interface 6000–3000 bc, G. Burenhult, Ed., Oxford: Archaeopress, 2003, p. 167–76.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Sjogren2003b, address = {Oxford}, author = {Sjögren, K.-G.}, booktitle = {Stones and Bones, Formal disposal of the dead in Atlantic Europe during the Mesolithic-Neolithic interface 6000--3000 BC}, editor = {Burenhult, G.}, pages = {167--76}, publisher = {Archaeopress}, title = {Megaliths, settlement and subsistence in Bohuslän, Sweden}, year = {2003} } - J. Skaarup, Yngre stenalder på øerne syd for fyn, Rudkøbing: Langelands museum, 1985.
[BibTeX]@book{Skaarup1985a, address = {Rudkøbing}, author = {Skaarup, J.}, publisher = {Langelands Museum}, title = {Yngre Stenalder på øerne syd for Fyn}, year = {1985} } - J. Skaarup, Stengade. ein langeländischer wohnplatz mit hausresten aus der frühneolithischen zeit, Rudkøbing: Langelands museum, 1985.
[BibTeX]@book{Skaarup1985b, address = {Rudkøbing}, author = {Skaarup, J.}, publisher = {Langelands Museum}, title = {Stengade. Ein langeländischer Wohnplatz mit Hausresten aus der frühneolithischen Zeit}, year = {1985} } - E. Sprockhoff, Die kulturen der jüngeren steinzeit in der mark brandenburg, Berlin and Leipzig: Walter de gruyter, 1926.
[BibTeX]@book{Sprockhoff1926, address = {Berlin and Leipzig}, author = {Sprockhoff, E.}, publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, title = {Die Kulturen der jüngeren Steinzeit in der Mark Brandenburg}, year = {1926} } - C. Steinmann, “Social backgrounds of the megalithic phenomenon in northeast germany,” PhD Thesis, 2001.
[BibTeX]@phdthesis{Steinmann2001, author = {Steinmann, C.}, note = {Manuscript of the Philosophical Doctorate}, school = {Reading University}, title = {Social Backgrounds of the Megalithic Phenomenon in Northeast Germany}, year = {2001} } - J. Strassburg, Shamanic shadows. one hundred generations of undead subversion in southern scandinavia, 7,000–4,000 bc, Stockholm: Stockholm university, 2000.
[BibTeX]@book{Strassburg2000, address = {Stockholm}, author = {Strassburg, J.}, publisher = {Stockholm University}, series = {Stockholm Studies in Archaeology 20}, title = {Shamanic Shadows. One Hundred Generations of Undead Subversion in Southern Scandinavia, 7,000--4,000 BC}, year = {2000} } - M. Strömberg, Die megalithgräber von hagestad: zur problematik von grabbauten und grabriten, Lund: Cwk gleerups förlag, 1971.
[BibTeX]@book{Stromberg1971, address = {Lund}, author = {Strömberg, M.}, publisher = {CWK Gleerups Förlag}, title = {Die Megalithgräber von Hagestad: Zur Problematik von Grabbauten und Grabriten}, year = {1971} } - M. Svensson, “The second neolithic concept, 3000–2300 bc,” in Stone age scania, significant places dug and read by contract archaeology, M. Andersson, P. Karsten, B. Knarrström, and M. Svensson, Eds., Malmö: Riksantikvarieämbetets förlag, 2004, p. 191–248.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Svensson2004, address = {Malmö}, author = {Svensson, M.}, booktitle = {Stone Age Scania, Significant places dug and read by contract archaeology}, editor = {Andersson, M. and Karsten, P. and Knarrström, B. and Svensson, M.}, pages = {191--248}, publisher = {Riksantikvarieämbetets Förlag}, series = {Skrifter no. 52}, title = {The second Neolithic concept, 3000--2300 BC}, year = {2004} } - T. Taylor, The buried soul. how humans invented death, London: Fourth estate, 2002.
[BibTeX]@book{Taylor2002, address = {London}, author = {Taylor, T.}, publisher = {Fourth Estate}, title = {The Buried Soul. How Humans Invented Death}, year = {2002} } - W. D. Tempel, “Bericht über die ausgrabung des megalithgrabes i in ostenwalde, gemeinde werlte, kreis aschendorf-hümmling,” Neue ausgrabungen und forschungen in niedersachsen, vol. 12, p. 1–31, 1978.
[BibTeX]@article{Tempel1978, author = {Tempel, W. D.}, journal = {Neue Ausgrabungen und Forschungen in Niedersachsen}, pages = {1--31}, title = {Bericht über die Ausgrabung des Megalithgrabes I in Ostenwalde, Gemeinde Werlte, Kreis Aschendorf-Hümmling}, volume = {12}, year = {1978} } - S. Thorsen, ““klokkehøj” ved bøjden. et sydvestfynsk dyssekammer med bevaret primærgrav,” Kuml, p. 105–46, 1981.
[BibTeX]@article{Thorsen1981, author = {Thorsen, S.}, journal = {Kuml}, pages = {105--46}, title = {``Klokkehøj'' ved Bøjden. Et sydvestfynsk dyssekammer med bevaret primærgrav}, year = {1981} } - K. Thorvildsen, “Grønhøj ved horsens. en jættestue med offerplads,” Aarbøger, p. 73–94, 1946.
[BibTeX]@article{Thorvildsen1946, author = {Thorvildsen, K.}, journal = {Aarbøger}, pages = {73--94}, title = {Grønhøj ved Horsens. En jættestue med offerplads}, year = {1946} } - H. Thrane, “Dyrkningsspor fra yngre stenalder i danmark,” in Om yngre stenalders bebyggelseshistorie, H. Thrane, Ed., Odense: Skrifter fra historisk institut, 1982, p. 20–8.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Thrane1982, address = {Odense}, author = {Thrane, H.}, booktitle = {Om Yngre Stenalders Bebyggelseshistorie}, editor = {Thrane, H.}, pages = {20--8}, publisher = {Skrifter fra Historisk Institut}, title = {Dyrkningsspor fra yngre stenalder i Danmark}, year = {1982} } - H. Thrane, “Danish plough-marks from the neolithic and bronze age,” Journal of danish archaeology, vol. 8, p. 111–25, 1989.
[BibTeX]@article{Thrane1989, author = {Thrane, H.}, journal = {Journal of Danish Archaeology}, pages = {111--25}, title = {Danish Plough-Marks from the Neolithic and Bronze Age}, volume = {8}, year = {1989} } - C. Tilley, “Art, architecture, landscape [neolithic sweden],” in Landscape politics and perspectives, B. Bender, Ed., Oxford: Berg, 1993, p. 49–84.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Tilley1993, address = {Oxford}, author = {Tilley, C.}, booktitle = {Landscape Politics and Perspectives}, editor = {Bender, B.}, pages = {49--84}, publisher = {Berg}, title = {Art, Architecture, Landscape [Neolithic Sweden]}, year = {1993} } - C. Tilley, A phenomenology of landscape, Oxford: Berg, 1994.
[BibTeX]@book{Tilley1994, address = {Oxford}, author = {Tilley, C.}, publisher = {Berg}, title = {A phenomenology of landscape}, year = {1994} } - C. Tilley, “Megaliths in texts,” in Understanding the neolithic of north-western europe, M. Edmonds and C. Richards, Eds., Glasgow: Cruithne press, 1998, p. 141–60.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Tilley1998, address = {Glasgow}, author = {Tilley, C.}, booktitle = {Understanding the Neolithic of North-Western Europe}, editor = {Edmonds, M. and Richards, C.}, pages = {141--60}, publisher = {Cruithne Press}, title = {Megaliths in Texts}, year = {1998} } - C. Tilley, The dolmens and passage graves of sweden. an introduction and guide, London: University college, 1999.
[BibTeX]@book{Tilley1999, address = {London}, author = {Tilley, C.}, publisher = {University College}, series = {Institute of Archaeology}, title = {The Dolmens and Passage Graves of Sweden. An Introduction and Guide}, year = {1999} } - C. Tilley, The materiality of stone. explorations in landscape phenomenology, Oxford: Berg, 2004.
[BibTeX]@book{Tilley2004, address = {Oxford}, author = {Tilley, C.}, publisher = {Berg}, title = {The Materiality of Stone. Explorations in Landscape Phenomenology}, year = {2004} } - B. Trigger, “Monumental architecture: a thermodynamic explanation of symbolic behaviour,” World archaeology, vol. 22, p. 119–32, 1990.
[BibTeX]@article{Trigger1990, author = {Trigger, B.}, journal = {World Archaeology}, pages = {119--32}, title = {Monumental architecture: a thermodynamic explanation of symbolic behaviour}, volume = {22}, year = {1990} } - K. Tunia, “Drewniane “megality” nad wisłą.” , 2003, p. 68–71.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Tunia2003, author = {Tunia, K.}, journal = {Zaginione Cywilizacje, Wiedza i Życie}, note = {Numer Specjalny}, pages = {68--71}, title = {Drewniane ``megality'' nad Wisłą}, year = {2003} } - J. Vaquero Lastres, Les extrêmes distincts. la configuration de l’espace dans les sociétés ayant bâti des tertres funéraires dans le nord-ouest ibérique, Oxford: British archaeological reports, 1999.
[BibTeX]@book{Vaquero1999, address = {Oxford}, author = {Vaquero Lastres, J.}, publisher = {British Archaeological Reports}, title = {Les extrêmes distincts. La configuration de l'espace dans les sociétés ayant bâti des tertres funéraires dans le Nord-Ouest ibérique}, year = {1999} } - C. Verjux, D. Simonin, and G. Richard, “Des sépultures mésolithiques aux tombes sous dalles du néolithique moyen i en région centre et sur ses marges,” in Sépultures d’occident et genèses des mégalithismes (9000–3500 avant notre ère), J. Guilaine, Ed., Paris: Éditions errance, 1998, p. 59–70.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Verjux1998, address = {Paris}, author = {Verjux, C. and Simonin, D. and Richard, G.}, booktitle = {Sépultures d'Occident et genèses des mégalithismes (9000--3500 avant notre ère)}, editor = {Guilaine, J.}, pages = {59--70}, publisher = {Éditions Errance}, title = {Des sépultures mésolithiques aux tombes sous dalles du Néolithique moyen I en région Centre et sur ses marges}, year = {1998} } - B. E. Vyner, “The excavation of a neolithic cairn at street house, loftus, cleveland,” Proceedings of the prehistoric society, vol. 50, p. 151–95, 1984.
[BibTeX]@article{Vyner1984, author = {Vyner, B. E.}, journal = {Proceedings of the Prehistoric Society}, pages = {151--95}, title = {The excavation of a Neolithic cairn at Street House, Loftus, Cleveland}, volume = {50}, year = {1984} } - F. Whaling, “Yin yang, zoroastrian dualism, and gnosticism: comparative studies in religious dualism,” in Duality, cosmos 1, E. Lyle, Ed., Edinburgh: The yearbook of the traditional cosmology society, 1985, p. 44–60.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Whaling1985, address = {Edinburgh}, author = {Whaling, F.}, booktitle = {Duality, Cosmos 1}, editor = {Lyle, E.}, pages = {44--60}, publisher = {The Yearbook of the Traditional Cosmology Society}, title = {Yin Yang, Zoroastrian Dualism, and Gnosticism: Comparative Studies in Religious Dualism}, year = {1985} } - A. Wierzbicka, “The meaning of color terms: semantics, culture and cognition,” Cognitive linguistics, vol. 1, p. 99–150, 1990.
[BibTeX]@article{Wierzbicka1990, author = {Wierzbicka, A.}, journal = {Cognitive Linguistics}, pages = {99--150}, title = {The meaning of color terms: semantics, culture and cognition}, volume = {1}, year = {1990} } - J. Woodburn, “Social dimensions of death in four african hunting and gathering societies,” in Death and the regeneration of life, M. Bloch and J. Parry, Eds., Cambridge: Cambridge university press, 1982, p. 187–210.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Woodburn1982, address = {Cambridge}, author = {Woodburn, J.}, booktitle = {Death and the Regeneration of Life}, editor = {Bloch, M. and Parry, J.}, pages = {187--210}, publisher = {Cambridge University Press}, title = {Social dimensions of death in four African hunting and gathering societies}, year = {1982} } - M. Wysocki and A. Whittle, “Diversity, lifestyles and rites: new biological and archaeological evidence from british earlier neolithic mortuary assemblages,” Antiquity, vol. 74, p. 591–601, 2000.
[BibTeX]@article{Wysocki2000, author = {Wysocki, M. and Whittle, A.}, journal = {Antiquity}, pages = {591--601}, title = {Diversity, lifestyles and rites: new biological and archaeological evidence from British Earlier Neolithic mortuary assemblages}, volume = {74}, year = {2000} } - B. Zich, “Die ausgrabungen chronisch gefährdeter hügelgräber der stein- und bronzezeit in flintbek, kreis rendsburg-eckernförde. ein vorbericht,” Offa, vol. 49/50, p. 15–31, 1993.
[BibTeX]@article{Zich1993, author = {Zich, B.}, journal = {Offa}, pages = {15--31}, title = {Die Ausgrabungen chronisch gefährdeter Hügelgräber der Stein- und Bronzezeit in Flintbek, Kreis Rendsburg-Eckernförde. Ein Vorbericht}, volume = {49/50}, year = {1993} } - B. Zich, “Neolithic vehicle tracks superposed by long-barrow LA 3, flintbek, north germany,” Archaeologia baltica, vol. 6, p. 22–30, 2006.
[BibTeX]@article{Zicha, author = {Zich, B.}, journal = {Archaeologia Baltica}, pages = {22--30}, title = {Neolithic Vehicle Tracks Superposed by Long-Barrow {LA} 3, Flintbek, North Germany}, volume = {6}, year = {2006} } - B. Zich, “Ornières de véhicule néolithique à flintbek (allemagne du nord),” in Premiers chariots, premiers araires. la diffusion de la traction animale en europe pendant les ive et iiie millénaires avant notre ère, P. Pétrequin, R. -M. Arbogast, A. -M. Pétrequin, S. van Willigen, and M. Bailly, Eds., Paris: Cnrs éditions, 2006.
[BibTeX]@incollection{Zichb, address = {Paris}, author = {Zich, B.}, booktitle = {Premiers chariots, premiers araires. La diffusion de la traction animale en Europe pendant les IVe et IIIe millénaires avant notre ère}, editor = {Pétrequin, P. and Arbogast, R.-M. and Pétrequin, A.-M. and van Willigen, S. and Bailly, M.}, publisher = {CNRS Éditions}, title = {Ornières de véhicule néolithique à Flintbek (Allemagne du Nord)}, year = {2006} } - J. A. Bakker, The TRB west group: studies in the chronology and geography of the makers of hunebeds and tiefstich pottery, New ed., Leiden: Sidestone press, 2009.
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@Book{Bakker2009, title = {The {TRB} West Group: Studies in the Chronology and Geography of the Makers of Hunebeds and Tiefstich Pottery}, publisher = {Sidestone Press}, year = {2009}, author = {Bakker, J. A.}, address = {Leiden}, edition = {New}, isbn = {9789088900235}, note = {Reprint of the 1979 Amsterdam University Press edition}, url = {https://www.sidestone.com/openaccess/9789088900235.pdf}, } - F. Braudel, “Histoire et sciences sociales: la longue durée,” Annales. histoire, sciences sociales, vol. 13, iss. 4, p. 725–753, 1958.
[BibTeX]@article{Braudel1958, author = {Braudel, Fernand}, title = {Histoire et sciences sociales: La longue dur{\'e}e}, journal = {Annales. Histoire, Sciences Sociales}, volume = {13}, number = {4}, pages = {725--753}, year = {1958} } - The Annales school and archaeology, J. Bintliff, Ed., Leicester: Leicester university press, 1991.
[BibTeX]@book{Bintliff1991, editor = {Bintliff, John}, title = {The {A}nnales School and Archaeology}, publisher = {Leicester University Press}, address = {Leicester}, year = {1991} } - G. Lakoff and M. Johnson, Philosophy in the flesh: the embodied mind and its challenge to Western thought, New York: Basic books, 1999.
[BibTeX]@book{LakoffJohnson1999, author = {Lakoff, George and Johnson, Mark}, title = {Philosophy in the Flesh: The Embodied Mind and its Challenge to {W}estern Thought}, publisher = {Basic Books}, address = {New York}, year = {1999} } - L. Malafouris, How things shape the mind: a theory of material engagement, Cambridge, MA: Mit press, 2013.
[BibTeX]@book{Malafouris2013, author = {Malafouris, Lambros}, title = {How Things Shape the Mind: A Theory of Material Engagement}, publisher = {MIT Press}, address = {Cambridge, MA}, year = {2013} } - M. J. O’Kelly, Newgrange: archaeology, art and legend, London: Thames and hudson, 1982.
[BibTeX]@Book{OKelly1982Newgrange, title = {Newgrange: Archaeology, Art and Legend}, publisher = {Thames and Hudson}, year = {1982}, author = {O'Kelly, Michael J.}, address = {London}, } - M. O’Sullivan, “Recent investigations at knockroe passage tomb,” Journal of the royal society of antiquaries of ireland, vol. 123, p. 94–107, 1993.
[BibTeX]@Article{OSullivan1993Knockroe, author = {O'Sullivan, M.}, title = {Recent investigations at Knockroe Passage Tomb}, journal = {Journal of the Royal Society of Antiquaries of Ireland}, year = {1993}, volume = {123}, pages = {94--107}, } - M. O’Sullivan, “A platform to the past –- knockroe passage tomb,” Archaeology ireland, p. 11–13, 1996.
[BibTeX]@Article{OSullivan1996Knockroe, author = {O'Sullivan, M.}, title = {A platform to the past --- Knockroe passage tomb}, journal = {Archaeology Ireland}, year = {1996}, pages = {11--13}, } - J. Lindow, “Thor’s hamarr,” Journal of english and germanic philology, vol. 93, iss. 4, p. 485–503, 1994.
[BibTeX]@Article{Lindow1994, author = {Lindow, J.}, title = {Thor's hamarr}, journal = {Journal of English and Germanic Philology}, year = {1994}, volume = {93}, number = {4}, pages = {485--503}, } - D. Mischka, Das neolithikum in flintbek, kr. rendsburg-eckernförde, schleswig-holstein [band 1]: eine feinchronologische studie zur besiedlungsgeschichte anhand von gräbern, J. Müller, Ed., Bonn: Verlag rudolf habelt, 2022, vol. 20.1. doi:10.38071/2025-00126-3
[BibTeX] [Abstract] [Download PDF]
Im vorliegenden Band werden die neolithischen Befunde und Funde aus Flintbek vorgelegt. Systematische Ausgrabungen dieses neolithischen und bronzezeitlichen Gräberfeldes fanden von 1977–1996 durch das archäologische Denkmalamt Schleswig-Holsteins statt. 35 neolithische Fundstellen, sieben Langbetten und 14 andere Grabhügel mit insgesamt 29 megalithischen Grabkammern und 32 nicht-megalithischen Gräbern wurden von Doris Mischka bearbeitet. Aufgrund der 14C-Datenserie zum Bau der Gräber gelang es für die Trichterbecherkulturen, das gesamte Gräberfeld vergleichend zu untersuchen. Es zeigte sich, dass erst ab dem 38. Jh. v. Chr. in Flintbek kontinuierlich Gräber angelegt wurden. Im Verlauf des Frühneolithikums bis ca. 3300 v. Chr. entstanden vor allem Langbetten und Rundhügel mit unterschiedlichen Dolmenkammern; im anschließenden Mittelneolithikum werden Ganggräber typisch. Im Frühneolithikum wurden neben Dolmen auch nicht-megalithische Gräber vor allem in die Langbetten integriert. Ein Langbett konnte sowohl mit einer nicht-megalithischen als auch mit einer megalithischen Grabkammer angelegt und dann sukzessive vergrößert werden. Während beispielsweise das Langbett LA 4 als Megalithgrab begann, wurde 100 Jahre später das benachbarte Langbett LA 3 mit mehreren nicht-megalithischen Gräbern begründet und erst anschließend um vier Dolmenkammern erweitert. Flintbek LA 3 spielt darüber hinaus aufgrund der durch den Grabhügel konservierten Wagenspuren, die präzise um 3400 v. Chr. zu datieren sind, in der Diskussion zur Erfindung von Rad und Wagen eine wichtige Rolle. Die unter mehreren Langbetten nachgewiesenen Pflugspuren gehören zu den ältesten Belegen für den Einsatz von Hakenpflügen in Europa
@Book{Mischka2022, title = {Das Neolithikum in Flintbek, Kr. Rendsburg-Eckernf{\"o}rde, Schleswig-Holstein [Band 1]: Eine feinchronologische Studie zur Besiedlungsgeschichte anhand von Gr{\"a}bern}, publisher = {Verlag Rudolf Habelt}, year = {2022}, author = {Mischka, Doris}, editor = {M{\"u}ller, Johannes}, volume = {20.1}, series = {Fr{\"u}he Monumentalit{\"a}t und soziale Differenzierung: Zur Entstehung und Entwicklung neolithischer Gro{\ss}bauten und erster komplexer Gesellschaften im n{\"o}rdlichen Mitteleuropa}, address = {Bonn}, isbn = {978-3-7749-4301-8}, abstract = {Im vorliegenden Band werden die neolithischen Befunde und Funde aus Flintbek vorgelegt. Systematische Ausgrabungen dieses neolithischen und bronzezeitlichen Gr{\"a}berfeldes fanden von 1977--1996 durch das arch{\"a}ologische Denkmalamt Schleswig-Holsteins statt. 35 neolithische Fundstellen, sieben Langbetten und 14 andere Grabh{\"u}gel mit insgesamt 29 megalithischen Grabkammern und 32 nicht-megalithischen Gr{\"a}bern wurden von Doris Mischka bearbeitet. Aufgrund der 14C-Datenserie zum Bau der Gr{\"a}ber gelang es f{\"u}r die Trichterbecherkulturen, das gesamte Gr{\"a}berfeld vergleichend zu untersuchen. Es zeigte sich, dass erst ab dem 38. Jh. v. Chr. in Flintbek kontinuierlich Gr{\"a}ber angelegt wurden. Im Verlauf des Fr{\"u}hneolithikums bis ca. 3300 v. Chr. entstanden vor allem Langbetten und Rundh{\"u}gel mit unterschiedlichen Dolmenkammern; im anschlie{\ss}enden Mittelneolithikum werden Ganggr{\"a}ber typisch. Im Fr{\"u}hneolithikum wurden neben Dolmen auch nicht-megalithische Gr{\"a}ber vor allem in die Langbetten integriert. Ein Langbett konnte sowohl mit einer nicht-megalithischen als auch mit einer megalithischen Grabkammer angelegt und dann sukzessive vergr{\"o}{\ss}ert werden. W{\"a}hrend beispielsweise das Langbett LA 4 als Megalithgrab begann, wurde 100 Jahre sp{\"a}ter das benachbarte Langbett LA 3 mit mehreren nicht-megalithischen Gr{\"a}bern begr{\"u}ndet und erst anschlie{\ss}end um vier Dolmenkammern erweitert. Flintbek LA 3 spielt dar{\"u}ber hinaus aufgrund der durch den Grabh{\"u}gel konservierten Wagenspuren, die pr{\"a}zise um 3400 v. Chr. zu datieren sind, in der Diskussion zur Erfindung von Rad und Wagen eine wichtige Rolle. Die unter mehreren Langbetten nachgewiesenen Pflugspuren geh{\"o}ren zu den {\"a}ltesten Belegen f{\"u}r den Einsatz von Hakenpfl{\"u}gen in Europa}, doi = {10.38071/2025-00126-3}, file = {:https://macau.uni-kiel.de/servlets/MCRFileNodeServlet/macau_derivate_00007088/FMSD_20_1.pdf:PDF}, issn = {2944-2370}, keywords = {Pr{\"a}historische Arch{\"a}ologie; Neolithikum; Trichterbecherkultur; Monumentalit{\"a}t; Prehistoric archaeology; Neolithic; Funnel Beaker Culture; Monumentality; Fr{\"u}hgeschichtliche Arch{\"a}ologie; Prehistoric Archaeology; Protohistoric Archaeology}, language = {de}, url = {https://macau.uni-kiel.de/receive/macau_mods_00005647}, } - D. Mischka, “Flintbek LA 3, biography of a monument,” Journal of neolithic archaeology (jna), vol. 12, iss. 2, p. 67–94, 2010. doi:10.12766/jna.2010.43
[BibTeX] [Download PDF]@Article{Mischka2010Flintbek, author = {Mischka, Doris}, title = {Flintbek {LA} 3, biography of a monument}, journal = {Journal of Neolithic Archaeology (JNA)}, year = {2010}, volume = {12}, number = {2}, pages = {67--94}, issn = {2197-649X}, note = {Special issue: Megaliths and Identities}, doi = {10.12766/jna.2010.43}, url = {https://www.jna.uni-kiel.de/index.php/jna/article/view/43}, } - A. M. Teather, Mining and materiality: neolithic chalk artefacts and their depositional contexts in southern britain, Oxford: Archaeopress, 2016.
[BibTeX]@Book{Teather2016, title = {Mining and Materiality: Neolithic Chalk Artefacts and their Depositional Contexts in Southern Britain}, publisher = {Archaeopress}, year = {2016}, author = {Teather, Anne M.}, address = {Oxford}, isbn = {978-1-78491-265-9}, } - M. Barber, D. Field, and P. Topping, The neolithic flint mines of england, Swindon: English heritage, 1999.
[BibTeX]@Book{BarberFieldTopping1999, title = {The Neolithic Flint Mines of England}, publisher = {English Heritage}, year = {1999}, author = {Barber, Martyn and Field, David and Topping, Peter}, address = {Swindon}, isbn = {1-873592-05-1}, } - M. Russell, Rough quarries, rocks and hills: john pull and the neolithic flint mines of sussex, Oxford: Oxbow books, 2001.
[BibTeX]@Book{Russell2001, title = {Rough Quarries, Rocks and Hills: John Pull and the Neolithic Flint Mines of Sussex}, publisher = {Oxbow Books}, year = {2001}, author = {Russell, Miles}, number = {6}, series = {Bournemouth University School of Conservation Sciences Occasional Paper}, address = {Oxford}, isbn = {978-1-84217-054-0}, pages = {xiv + 287}, } - J. Müller and K. Sjögren, “Early monumentality in northern europe.” , 2022, pp. 1213-1233. doi:10.2307/jj.15135898.89
[BibTeX]@InBook{Mueller2022, pages = {1213-1233}, title = {Early monumentality in northern Europe}, year = {2022}, author = {Müller, Johannes and Sjögren, Karl-Göran}, month = {08}, isbn = {9781803273211}, doi = {10.2307/jj.15135898.89}, } - P. Ramírez, R. De Balbin-Behrmann, L. Laporte, R. Bermejo, P. Gouézin, F. Cousseau, A. Hernanz, and M. Iriarte, “Decorative techniques in breton megalithic tombs (france): the role of paintings.” , 2016, pp. 197-205. doi:10.2307/j.ctvh1dpw8.23
[BibTeX]@InBook{Ramirez2016, pages = {197-205}, title = {Decorative techniques in Breton megalithic tombs (France): the role of paintings}, year = {2016}, author = {Ramírez, Primitiva and De Balbin-Behrmann, Rodrigo and Laporte, Luc and Bermejo, Rosa and Gouézin, Philippe and Cousseau, Florian and Hernanz, Antonio and Iriarte, Mercedes}, month = {01}, isbn = {978-1-78570-014-9}, doi = {10.2307/j.ctvh1dpw8.23}, }